INSERT INTO `wp_posts` (`ID`, `post_author`, `post_date`, `post_date_gmt`, `post_content`, `post_title`, `post_excerpt`, `post_status`, `comment_status`, `ping_status`, `post_password`, `post_name`, `to_ping`, `pinged`, `post_modified`, `post_modified_gmt`, `post_content_filtered`, `post_parent`, `guid`, `menu_order`, `post_type`, `post_mime_type`, `comment_count`) VALUES
(781, 1, '2021-11-03 11:31:15', '2021-11-03 15:31:15', 'A vertical garden shed is one of those very logical storage systems that seem to surface every few years or so. You know the ones…once they start being advertised you begin asking yourself where they’ve been all your life.\n\nFor many home gardeners space is becoming a premium commodity. While you may have been accumulating all those garden tools over the years having somewhere to store them means parting with garden beds – and that ain’t gonna to happen!\n\n<em>[Enter stage left the vertical garden shed]</em> This <a href=\"https://amzn.to/3wckdqZ\">storage facility</a> <em>(aff.)</em> can easily fit under the eaves of your dwelling – a location where growing plants is almost impossible anyway – and can be kept tucked out of view away from the garden you want to display.\n\nWhile the <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/04/the_garden_potting_shed.html\">garden shed</a> is still the ideal and there are ways to organise your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/organizing-your-garden-tools/\">garden tools</a> without a shed, both have problems. The former takes up space while the latter may, over time, ruin your tools.\n\nSo a vertical garden shed seems to fit in the middle of these issues and presents a genuine option to remedy the situation. Depending on how much eave space you have may dictate how large a vertical shed you could accomodate. The larger the shed the more tools you can store.\n\nRegardless of size, these sheds are perfect for storing the basic garden tools: hoes, rakes, shovels and spades, a mattock, plus a spot for your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2008/06/10_handy_tools_for_your_garden_tool_belt.html\">garden tool belt</a> and even your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2008/07/try_garden_clogs_your_feet_will_love_you_for_them.html\">garden clogs</a>. Even the smallest of these vertical garden sheds could house a small push mower if you have a postcard lawn to tend.\n\nThese sheds are so versatile you could even locate one next to your allotment, if that’s how you garden. They can be locked via padlock-able doors and secured to a concrete base through a few well-placed dyna-bolts. They offer gardeners many more options than constructing a garden shed and are much more portable should you need to vacate your allotment or rented premises.\n<h3>What to look for when buying a vertical garden shed?</h3>\n<ul>\n 	<li>Weather and Climate Tolerance – these sheds are predominantly constructed from high-density polyethylene which offers some great benefits when it comes to weathering the extremes of our climates. However, there are some cheaper alternatives made from less durable materials that won’t give you the longevity you need.</li>\n 	<li>Vertical or Horizontal? – while vertical garden sheds are very versatile opting for a horizontal alternative may give the extra benefit of combining a garden seat at the same time.</li>\n 	<li>Actual usable storage space – if you get a vertical garden shed that is too short for your long handled tools then storing them at angles will take away some of your usable storage space. Check to ensure your tools will use this space as efficiently as possible.</li>\n 	<li>Colour – these sheds come in a range of colours so check to ensure that your preferred model gives you a colour range to match your home.</li>\n 	<li>Securability – does the shed offer lockable front doors and a way to secure it to the ground. The latter point is very important in areas where high winds can be a problem.</li>\n</ul>\nNow, you should be able to purchase your vertical garden shed with confidence, knowing that it will stand the test of time and provide a good option to protect your garden tools.', 'The Benefits of a Vertical Garden Shed', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '777-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:31:15', '2021-11-03 15:31:15', '', 777, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=781', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(782, 1, '2008-07-23 11:31:00', '2008-07-23 15:31:00', 'I’m a big fan of clogs and My! haven’t they come a long way since the Dutch thought that blocks of wood on your feet was a good idea. Today, garden clogs are far more practical but nonetheless insanely comfortable.\n\nFor years I wore an open-backed pair with a wooden sole and leather upper. Initially I was incredibly skeptical that they shouldn’t instead be hung on the mantelpiece as some decorative adornment. Yet after a short test drive I was convinced that these could quite possibly be THE most comfortable shoe that I’ve ever worn.\n\nMy feet, after having survived years esoterically shrouded with socks and lumping boots, have relished the liberal style of clogs. The easy slip-in/ slip-off is the obvious attraction and when you find footwear is becoming burdensome in your gardening endeavours flicking them off with a twist of your toes can be quite a relief.\n\nOne of the other benefits is the aeration holes that modern garden clogs sport. Since most of these are now produced from plastic or rubberised materials they do have a tendency to make your feet more sweaty. The aeration holes provide an escape from the build-up of moisture allowing your feet to keep shoes on even in the middle of summer.\n\nBy far the greatest feature of garden clogs is their versatility in all types of weather. ‘Gum-boots’, ‘Wellingtons’ and ‘Galloshers’ are great in really wet weather but overkill in dry, dusty summer. The opposing garden shoe may suit the warmer months but once they get a bit of mud or water on them they’re practically rendered useless. Garden clogs perform in all conditions.\n\nHere are some of the major manufacturers and a store for these branded garden clogs;\n<h3>CROCS™</h3>\nCROCS™ and SLOGGERS™ need no introduction as they’ve almost become household brands. CROCS™, named for their similarity between a crocodile’s head, are possibly Boulder, Colorado’s best export.\n\nOriginally CROCS™ were made specifically as outdoor footwear but they have now crept into mainstream apparel and can be seen on people as casual wear, camping gear and as awesome garden clogs.\n\nTheir two main styles for the garden are;\n<u>Hydro</u> – for wet weather and sandy conditions.\n<u>Endeavor</u> – for cold climates. Complete upper layer.\n<h3>SLOGGERS™</h3>\nSLOGGERS™ are no sluggards in this market either. While CROCS™ have broadened their scope and market share, SLOGGERS™ have remained faithful as ‘Garden Outfitters’. Their sleek styles won’t break the bank and seem to offer more safety with their enclosed uppers.\n\nPlus, their durable yet flexible EVA plastic won’t damage your feet as your gardening chores contort them. With a range of fashion prints plus quite a few more styles than CROCS™ that are suitable for the garden, you’re sure to find something from this maker.\n<h3>NORCROSS FOOTWEAR INC.</h3>\nNORCROSS are well-noted for their safety footwear being contracted to many organisations and government bodies to provide their employees with suitable, yet practical shoes and boots. This high standard seems to have been taken across into their garden clogs range as well.\nStrong, tough and durable these clogs are great. The only limitation seems to be their styles.\n<h3>MUCKBOOTS™</h3>\n<a href=\"https://www.muckbootcompany.com/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">MUCKBOOTS™</a> are a signature brand of Norcross Footwear and aimed primarily at the gardener or those working outdoors. The brand has been tailored to offer longevity and they’re manufactured from 100% Waterproof CR-Foam. While most of the other garden clogs on the market are produced using EVA rubber the CR-Foam is a similar compound to Neoprene which is used to make surfing booties.\n\nSo, while MUCKBOOTS™ may outlast the others don’t expect to source them cheaply. Most styles in this brand sell for at least double the asking price of the others.', 'Try Garden Clogs – Your feet will LOVE you for them', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'try-garden-clogs-your-feet-will-love-you-for-them', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:36:56', '2021-11-03 15:36:56', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=782', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(783, 1, '2021-11-03 11:34:32', '2021-11-03 15:34:32', '', 'red garden clogs', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'red-garden-clogs', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:34:35', '2021-11-03 15:34:35', '', 782, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/red-garden-clogs.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(784, 1, '2021-11-03 11:36:20', '2021-11-03 15:36:20', 'I’m a big fan of clogs and My! haven’t they come a long way since the Dutch thought that blocks of wood on your feet was a good idea. Today, garden clogs are far more practical but nonetheless insanely comfortable.\n\nFor years I wore an open-backed pair with a wooden sole and leather upper. Initially I was incredibly skeptical that they shouldn’t instead be hung on the mantelpiece as some decorative adornment. Yet after a short test drive I was convinced that these could quite possibly be THE most comfortable shoe that I’ve ever worn.\n\nMy feet, after having survived years esoterically shrouded with socks and lumping boots, have relished the liberal style of clogs. The easy slip-in/ slip-off is the obvious attraction and when you find footwear is becoming burdensome in your gardening endeavours flicking them off with a twist of your toes can be quite a relief.\n\nOne of the other benefits is the aeration holes that modern garden clogs sport. Since most of these are now produced from plastic or rubberised materials they do have a tendency to make your feet more sweaty. The aeration holes provide an escape from the build-up of moisture allowing your feet to keep shoes on even in the middle of summer.\n\nBy far the greatest feature of garden clogs is their versatility in all types of weather. ‘Gum-boots’, ‘Wellingtons’ and ‘Galloshers’ are great in really wet weather but overkill in dry, dusty summer. The opposing garden shoe may suit the warmer months but once they get a bit of mud or water on them they’re practically rendered useless. Garden clogs perform in all conditions.\n\nHere are some of the major manufacturers and a <a href=\"http://astore.amazon.com/amatgardforno-20/105-1803884-0267659\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">store for these branded garden clogs</a>;\n<h3>CROCS™</h3>\nCROCS™ and SLOGGERS™ need no introduction as they’ve almost become household brands. CROCS™, named for their similarity between a crocodile’s head, are possibly Boulder, Colorado’s best export.\n\nOriginally CROCS™ were made specifically as outdoor footwear but they have now crept into mainstream apparel and can be seen on people as casual wear, camping gear and as awesome garden clogs.\n\nTheir two main styles for the garden are;\n<u>Hydro</u> – for wet weather and sandy conditions.\n<u>Endeavor</u> – for cold climates. Complete upper layer.\n<h3>SLOGGERS™</h3>\nSLOGGERS™ are no sluggards in this market either. While CROCS™ have broadened their scope and market share, SLOGGERS™ have remained faithful as ‘Garden Outfitters’. Their sleek styles won’t break the bank and seem to offer more safety with their enclosed uppers.\n\nPlus, their durable yet flexible EVA plastic won’t damage your feet as your gardening chores contort them. With a range of fashion prints plus quite a few more styles than CROCS™ that are suitable for the garden, you’re sure to find something from this maker.\n<h3>NORCROSS FOOTWEAR INC.</h3>\nNORCROSS are well-noted for their safety footwear being contracted to many organisations and government bodies to provide their employees with suitable, yet practical shoes and boots. This high standard seems to have been taken across into their garden clogs range as well.\nStrong, tough and durable these clogs are great. The only limitation seems to be their styles.\n<h3>MUCKBOOTS™</h3>\n<a href=\"http://www.muckboots.com/homeandgarden.htm\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">MUCKBOOTS™</a> are a signature brand of Norcross Footwear and aimed primarily at the gardener or those working outdoors. The brand has been tailored to offer longevity and they’re manufactured from 100% Waterproof CR-Foam. While most of the other garden clogs on the market are produced using EVA rubber the CR-Foam is a similar compound to Neoprene which is used to make surfing booties.\n\nSo, while MUCKBOOTS™ may outlast the others don’t expect to source them cheaply. Most styles in this brand sell for at least double the asking price of the others.', 'Try Garden Clogs – Your feet will LOVE you for them', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '782-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:36:20', '2021-11-03 15:36:20', '', 782, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=784', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(785, 1, '2021-11-03 11:36:55', '2021-11-03 15:36:55', 'I’m a big fan of clogs and My! haven’t they come a long way since the Dutch thought that blocks of wood on your feet was a good idea. Today, garden clogs are far more practical but nonetheless insanely comfortable.\n\nFor years I wore an open-backed pair with a wooden sole and leather upper. Initially I was incredibly skeptical that they shouldn’t instead be hung on the mantelpiece as some decorative adornment. Yet after a short test drive I was convinced that these could quite possibly be THE most comfortable shoe that I’ve ever worn.\n\nMy feet, after having survived years esoterically shrouded with socks and lumping boots, have relished the liberal style of clogs. The easy slip-in/ slip-off is the obvious attraction and when you find footwear is becoming burdensome in your gardening endeavours flicking them off with a twist of your toes can be quite a relief.\n\nOne of the other benefits is the aeration holes that modern garden clogs sport. Since most of these are now produced from plastic or rubberised materials they do have a tendency to make your feet more sweaty. The aeration holes provide an escape from the build-up of moisture allowing your feet to keep shoes on even in the middle of summer.\n\nBy far the greatest feature of garden clogs is their versatility in all types of weather. ‘Gum-boots’, ‘Wellingtons’ and ‘Galloshers’ are great in really wet weather but overkill in dry, dusty summer. The opposing garden shoe may suit the warmer months but once they get a bit of mud or water on them they’re practically rendered useless. Garden clogs perform in all conditions.\n\nHere are some of the major manufacturers and a store for these branded garden clogs;\n<h3>CROCS™</h3>\nCROCS™ and SLOGGERS™ need no introduction as they’ve almost become household brands. CROCS™, named for their similarity between a crocodile’s head, are possibly Boulder, Colorado’s best export.\n\nOriginally CROCS™ were made specifically as outdoor footwear but they have now crept into mainstream apparel and can be seen on people as casual wear, camping gear and as awesome garden clogs.\n\nTheir two main styles for the garden are;\n<u>Hydro</u> – for wet weather and sandy conditions.\n<u>Endeavor</u> – for cold climates. Complete upper layer.\n<h3>SLOGGERS™</h3>\nSLOGGERS™ are no sluggards in this market either. While CROCS™ have broadened their scope and market share, SLOGGERS™ have remained faithful as ‘Garden Outfitters’. Their sleek styles won’t break the bank and seem to offer more safety with their enclosed uppers.\n\nPlus, their durable yet flexible EVA plastic won’t damage your feet as your gardening chores contort them. With a range of fashion prints plus quite a few more styles than CROCS™ that are suitable for the garden, you’re sure to find something from this maker.\n<h3>NORCROSS FOOTWEAR INC.</h3>\nNORCROSS are well-noted for their safety footwear being contracted to many organisations and government bodies to provide their employees with suitable, yet practical shoes and boots. This high standard seems to have been taken across into their garden clogs range as well.\nStrong, tough and durable these clogs are great. The only limitation seems to be their styles.\n<h3>MUCKBOOTS™</h3>\n<a href=\"https://www.muckbootcompany.com/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">MUCKBOOTS™</a> are a signature brand of Norcross Footwear and aimed primarily at the gardener or those working outdoors. The brand has been tailored to offer longevity and they’re manufactured from 100% Waterproof CR-Foam. While most of the other garden clogs on the market are produced using EVA rubber the CR-Foam is a similar compound to Neoprene which is used to make surfing booties.\n\nSo, while MUCKBOOTS™ may outlast the others don’t expect to source them cheaply. Most styles in this brand sell for at least double the asking price of the others.', 'Try Garden Clogs – Your feet will LOVE you for them', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '782-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:36:55', '2021-11-03 15:36:55', '', 782, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=785', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(786, 1, '2021-11-03 11:37:11', '2021-11-03 15:37:11', 'A vertical garden shed is one of those very logical storage systems that seem to surface every few years or so. You know the ones…once they start being advertised you begin asking yourself where they’ve been all your life.\n\nFor many home gardeners space is becoming a premium commodity. While you may have been accumulating all those garden tools over the years having somewhere to store them means parting with garden beds – and that ain’t gonna to happen!\n\n<em>[Enter stage left the vertical garden shed]</em> This <a href=\"https://amzn.to/3wckdqZ\">storage facility</a> <em>(aff.)</em> can easily fit under the eaves of your dwelling – a location where growing plants is almost impossible anyway – and can be kept tucked out of view away from the garden you want to display.\n\nWhile the <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/04/the_garden_potting_shed.html\">garden shed</a> is still the ideal and there are ways to organise your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/organizing-your-garden-tools/\">garden tools</a> without a shed, both have problems. The former takes up space while the latter may, over time, ruin your tools.\n\nSo a vertical garden shed seems to fit in the middle of these issues and presents a genuine option to remedy the situation. Depending on how much eave space you have may dictate how large a vertical shed you could accomodate. The larger the shed the more tools you can store.\n\nRegardless of size, these sheds are perfect for storing the basic garden tools: hoes, rakes, shovels and spades, a mattock, plus a spot for your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2008/06/10_handy_tools_for_your_garden_tool_belt.html\">garden tool belt</a> and even your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/try-garden-clogs-your-feet-will-love-you-for-them/\">garden clogs</a>. Even the smallest of these vertical garden sheds could house a small push mower if you have a postcard lawn to tend.\n\nThese sheds are so versatile you could even locate one next to your allotment, if that’s how you garden. They can be locked via padlock-able doors and secured to a concrete base through a few well-placed dyna-bolts. They offer gardeners many more options than constructing a garden shed and are much more portable should you need to vacate your allotment or rented premises.\n<h3>What to look for when buying a vertical garden shed?</h3>\n<ul>\n 	<li>Weather and Climate Tolerance – these sheds are predominantly constructed from high-density polyethylene which offers some great benefits when it comes to weathering the extremes of our climates. However, there are some cheaper alternatives made from less durable materials that won’t give you the longevity you need.</li>\n 	<li>Vertical or Horizontal? – while vertical garden sheds are very versatile opting for a horizontal alternative may give the extra benefit of combining a garden seat at the same time.</li>\n 	<li>Actual usable storage space – if you get a vertical garden shed that is too short for your long handled tools then storing them at angles will take away some of your usable storage space. Check to ensure your tools will use this space as efficiently as possible.</li>\n 	<li>Colour – these sheds come in a range of colours so check to ensure that your preferred model gives you a colour range to match your home.</li>\n 	<li>Securability – does the shed offer lockable front doors and a way to secure it to the ground. The latter point is very important in areas where high winds can be a problem.</li>\n</ul>\nNow, you should be able to purchase your vertical garden shed with confidence, knowing that it will stand the test of time and provide a good option to protect your garden tools.', 'The Benefits of a Vertical Garden Shed', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '777-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:37:11', '2021-11-03 15:37:11', '', 777, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=786', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(787, 1, '2008-06-28 11:37:00', '2008-06-28 15:37:00', 'I’m a big fan of anything that makes gardening more enjoyable and my OCD tendencies love any tool that simplifies and makes organisation a reality. The obverse is tearing my hair out when clutter and disarray rear their ugly heads. So, it’s no surprise that a garden tool belt would suit my lifestyle completely.\nYet tool belts that builders use aren’t practical for a gardener. Firstly, they sit in front of your stomach and bore into your flesh every time you squat down. Plus, they hardly have enough room to hold any of the tools that gardeners require.\n\n[toc]\n\nGardeners require a different styled tool belt which is why I love these ones. They are designed to hang at your side rather than around your middle enabling freedom of movement and bigger pockets for all your tools.\n\nBut, what’s the point of having a mobile storage unit such as this if it too becomes just another source of clutter? Plant labels, leaf litter, bits of old plastic tie and possibly a few pre-loved tissues always find their way into our once neat and orderly tool bag. Maybe it’s time to reassess and restock?\nHere’s a list of garden tools that I find most useful and would love to have on hand;\n<h3>Hand pruners</h3>\nWhich <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/tips-on-selecting-garden-shears/\">hand pruners</a>? Your choice, but it should go without saying that these are incredibly important in your gardening arsenal. Most garden tool belts have a separate pouch that keeps your pruners close at hand and easy to slip into.\n<h3>Wire-cutters</h3>\nA very important tool if you grow veggies. Often we trellis our beans, peas and perhaps some of our fruit trees so it’s handy to have a pair of wire-cutters on hand for any makeshift repairs or installations.\n<h3>String</h3>\nA ball of twine or lengths of nylon pantyhose come in very helpful when you’re wanting to stake plants.\n<h3>Gloves</h3>\nFor those who choose to use them, having a pair of gloves is a great option. Even for those who are reticent to use them, having a pair available can make life a little easier if you ever come across a situation where your bare skin just shouldn’t go.\n<h3>Planting Labels</h3>\n<a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/garden-plant-markers-temporary-memory-loss-saviours/\">Plant labels</a> are almost one of the most essential items when out in the garden. They certainly help out when you’re trying to keep a record of what’s going in your flower beds.\n<h3>Felt-tip pen</h3>\n…and if you’re going to have plant labels on hand, then you might as well have something to write on them, right? Your felt-tip pen is also handy for marking pots and recording info on seed packets, if needed.\n<h3>Trowel</h3>\nWhat gardener could exist without a garden trowel? One of the most versatile tools you’ll keep in your belt, the trowel is essential.\n<h3>Patio Knife</h3>\nGreat for scraping the weeds from between bricks and pavers this versatile tool can also aid in opening bags of potting mix, fertiliser and manures. Plus, it’s a handy tool for forming drills for your vegetable seeds.\n<h3>Hand Fork</h3>\nReliably a great tool when you’re trying to dig up bulbs or other small plants. It helps lift them without removing all the soil.\n<h3>Hand Rake</h3>\nThe rake, as useful as the fork, is also fantastic for scarifying the soil around your plants and removing any surface weeds. Due to its compact size it makes cleaning around plants less intrusive and therefore much safer for your plants.\n<h3>Weeding Prong</h3>\nThese are great for getting weeds out of lawns or lifting those weeds that have deep roots.\n<h3>Dibber</h3>\nThe final tool you’ll need in your garden belt is the dibber. A must-have for planting seedlings and bulbs this tool will make your gardening experience much easier and it will fit in compactly.\n\nPack your garden tool belt with all these goodies and you should be set to head off into your little piece of horticultural frontier.', '10+ Handy Tools for your Garden Tool Belt', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', '10-handy-tools-for-your-garden-tool-belt', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:45:16', '2021-11-03 15:45:16', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=787', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(788, 1, '2021-11-03 11:41:19', '2021-11-03 15:41:19', '', 'garden-tool-belt', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'garden-tool-belt', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:41:19', '2021-11-03 15:41:19', '', 787, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/garden-tool-belt.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(789, 1, '2021-11-03 11:41:42', '2021-11-03 15:41:42', 'I’m a big fan of anything that makes gardening more enjoyable and my OCD tendencies love any tool that simplifies and makes organisation a reality. The obverse is tearing my hair out when clutter and disarray rear their ugly heads. So, it’s no surprise that a garden tool belt would suit my lifestyle completely.\nYet tool belts that builders use aren’t practical for a gardener. Firstly, they sit in front of your stomach and bore into your flesh every time you squat down. Plus, they hardly have enough room to hold any of the tools that gardeners require.\n\n[toc]\n\nGardeners require a different styled tool belt which is why I love these ones. They are designed to hang at your side rather than around your middle enabling freedom of movement and bigger pockets for all your tools.\n\nBut, what’s the point of having a mobile storage unit such as this if it too becomes just another source of clutter? Plant labels, leaf litter, bits of old plastic tie and possibly a few pre-loved tissues always find their way into our once neat and orderly tool bag. Maybe it’s time to reassess and restock?\nHere’s a list of garden tools that I find most useful and would love to have on hand;\n<h3>Hand pruners</h3>\nWhich <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2007/04/tips_on_selecting_garden_shears.html\" data-wplink-edit=\"true\">hand pruners</a>? Your choice, but it should go without saying that these are incredibly important in your gardening arsenal. Most garden tool belts have a separate pouch that keeps your pruners close at hand and easy to slip into.\n<h3>Wire-cutters</h3>\nA very important tool if you grow veggies. Often we trellis our beans, peas and perhaps some of our fruit trees so it’s handy to have a pair of wire-cutters on hand for any makeshift repairs or installations.\n<h3>String</h3>\nA ball of twine or lengths of nylon pantyhose come in very helpful when you’re wanting to stake plants.\n<h3>Gloves</h3>\nFor those who choose to use them, having a pair of gloves is a great option. Even for those who are reticent to use them, having a pair available can make life a little easier if you ever come across a situation where your bare skin just shouldn’t go.\n<h3>Planting Labels</h3>\n<a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2007/06/garden_plant_markers_temporary_memory_loss_saviours.html\">Plant labels</a> are almost one of the most essential items when out in the garden. They certainly help out when you’re trying to keep a record of what’s going in your flower beds.\n<h3>Felt-tip pen</h3>\n…and if you’re going to have plant labels on hand, then you might as well have something to write on them, right? Your felt-tip pen is also handy for marking pots and recording info on seed packets, if needed.\n<h3>Trowel</h3>\nWhat gardener could exist without a garden trowel? One of the most versatile tools you’ll keep in your belt, the trowel is essential.\n<h3>Patio Knife</h3>\nGreat for scraping the weeds from between bricks and pavers this versatile tool can also aid in opening bags of potting mix, fertiliser and manures. Plus, it’s a handy tool for forming drills for your vegetable seeds.\n<h3>Hand Fork</h3>\nReliably a great tool when you’re trying to dig up bulbs or other small plants. It helps lift them without removing all the soil.\n<h3>Hand Rake</h3>\nThe rake, as useful as the fork, is also fantastic for scarifying the soil around your plants and removing any surface weeds. Due to its compact size it makes cleaning around plants less intrusive and therefore much safer for your plants.\n<h3>Weeding Prong</h3>\nThese are great for getting weeds out of lawns or lifting those weeds that have deep roots.\n<h3>Dibber</h3>\nThe final tool you’ll need in your garden belt is the dibber. A must-have for planting seedlings and bulbs this tool will make your gardening experience much easier and it will fit in compactly.\n\nPack your garden tool belt with all these goodies and you should be set to head off into your little piece of horticultural frontier.', '10+ Handy Tools for your Garden Tool Belt', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '787-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:41:42', '2021-11-03 15:41:42', '', 787, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=789', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(790, 1, '2021-11-03 11:42:13', '2021-11-03 15:42:13', 'A vertical garden shed is one of those very logical storage systems that seem to surface every few years or so. You know the ones…once they start being advertised you begin asking yourself where they’ve been all your life.\n\nFor many home gardeners space is becoming a premium commodity. While you may have been accumulating all those garden tools over the years having somewhere to store them means parting with garden beds – and that ain’t gonna to happen!\n\n<em>[Enter stage left the vertical garden shed]</em> This <a href=\"https://amzn.to/3wckdqZ\">storage facility</a> <em>(aff.)</em> can easily fit under the eaves of your dwelling – a location where growing plants is almost impossible anyway – and can be kept tucked out of view away from the garden you want to display.\n\nWhile the <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/04/the_garden_potting_shed.html\">garden shed</a> is still the ideal and there are ways to organise your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/organizing-your-garden-tools/\">garden tools</a> without a shed, both have problems. The former takes up space while the latter may, over time, ruin your tools.\n\nSo a vertical garden shed seems to fit in the middle of these issues and presents a genuine option to remedy the situation. Depending on how much eave space you have may dictate how large a vertical shed you could accomodate. The larger the shed the more tools you can store.\n\nRegardless of size, these sheds are perfect for storing the basic garden tools: hoes, rakes, shovels and spades, a mattock, plus a spot for your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/10-handy-tools-for-your-garden-tool-belt/\">garden tool belt</a> and even your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/try-garden-clogs-your-feet-will-love-you-for-them/\">garden clogs</a>. Even the smallest of these vertical garden sheds could house a small push mower if you have a postcard lawn to tend.\n\nThese sheds are so versatile you could even locate one next to your allotment, if that’s how you garden. They can be locked via padlock-able doors and secured to a concrete base through a few well-placed dyna-bolts. They offer gardeners many more options than constructing a garden shed and are much more portable should you need to vacate your allotment or rented premises.\n<h3>What to look for when buying a vertical garden shed?</h3>\n<ul>\n 	<li>Weather and Climate Tolerance – these sheds are predominantly constructed from high-density polyethylene which offers some great benefits when it comes to weathering the extremes of our climates. However, there are some cheaper alternatives made from less durable materials that won’t give you the longevity you need.</li>\n 	<li>Vertical or Horizontal? – while vertical garden sheds are very versatile opting for a horizontal alternative may give the extra benefit of combining a garden seat at the same time.</li>\n 	<li>Actual usable storage space – if you get a vertical garden shed that is too short for your long handled tools then storing them at angles will take away some of your usable storage space. Check to ensure your tools will use this space as efficiently as possible.</li>\n 	<li>Colour – these sheds come in a range of colours so check to ensure that your preferred model gives you a colour range to match your home.</li>\n 	<li>Securability – does the shed offer lockable front doors and a way to secure it to the ground. The latter point is very important in areas where high winds can be a problem.</li>\n</ul>\nNow, you should be able to purchase your vertical garden shed with confidence, knowing that it will stand the test of time and provide a good option to protect your garden tools.', 'The Benefits of a Vertical Garden Shed', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '777-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:42:13', '2021-11-03 15:42:13', '', 777, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=790', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(791, 1, '2021-11-03 11:42:27', '2021-11-03 15:42:27', 'I’m a big fan of anything that makes gardening more enjoyable and my OCD tendencies love any tool that simplifies and makes organisation a reality. The obverse is tearing my hair out when clutter and disarray rear their ugly heads. So, it’s no surprise that a garden tool belt would suit my lifestyle completely.\nYet tool belts that builders use aren’t practical for a gardener. Firstly, they sit in front of your stomach and bore into your flesh every time you squat down. Plus, they hardly have enough room to hold any of the tools that gardeners require.\n\n[toc]\n\nGardeners require a different styled tool belt which is why I love these ones. They are designed to hang at your side rather than around your middle enabling freedom of movement and bigger pockets for all your tools.\n\nBut, what’s the point of having a mobile storage unit such as this if it too becomes just another source of clutter? Plant labels, leaf litter, bits of old plastic tie and possibly a few pre-loved tissues always find their way into our once neat and orderly tool bag. Maybe it’s time to reassess and restock?\nHere’s a list of garden tools that I find most useful and would love to have on hand;\n<h3>Hand pruners</h3>\nWhich <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/tips-on-selecting-garden-shears/\">hand pruners</a>? Your choice, but it should go without saying that these are incredibly important in your gardening arsenal. Most garden tool belts have a separate pouch that keeps your pruners close at hand and easy to slip into.\n<h3>Wire-cutters</h3>\nA very important tool if you grow veggies. Often we trellis our beans, peas and perhaps some of our fruit trees so it’s handy to have a pair of wire-cutters on hand for any makeshift repairs or installations.\n<h3>String</h3>\nA ball of twine or lengths of nylon pantyhose come in very helpful when you’re wanting to stake plants.\n<h3>Gloves</h3>\nFor those who choose to use them, having a pair of gloves is a great option. Even for those who are reticent to use them, having a pair available can make life a little easier if you ever come across a situation where your bare skin just shouldn’t go.\n<h3>Planting Labels</h3>\n<a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2007/06/garden_plant_markers_temporary_memory_loss_saviours.html\">Plant labels</a> are almost one of the most essential items when out in the garden. They certainly help out when you’re trying to keep a record of what’s going in your flower beds.\n<h3>Felt-tip pen</h3>\n…and if you’re going to have plant labels on hand, then you might as well have something to write on them, right? Your felt-tip pen is also handy for marking pots and recording info on seed packets, if needed.\n<h3>Trowel</h3>\nWhat gardener could exist without a garden trowel? One of the most versatile tools you’ll keep in your belt, the trowel is essential.\n<h3>Patio Knife</h3>\nGreat for scraping the weeds from between bricks and pavers this versatile tool can also aid in opening bags of potting mix, fertiliser and manures. Plus, it’s a handy tool for forming drills for your vegetable seeds.\n<h3>Hand Fork</h3>\nReliably a great tool when you’re trying to dig up bulbs or other small plants. It helps lift them without removing all the soil.\n<h3>Hand Rake</h3>\nThe rake, as useful as the fork, is also fantastic for scarifying the soil around your plants and removing any surface weeds. Due to its compact size it makes cleaning around plants less intrusive and therefore much safer for your plants.\n<h3>Weeding Prong</h3>\nThese are great for getting weeds out of lawns or lifting those weeds that have deep roots.\n<h3>Dibber</h3>\nThe final tool you’ll need in your garden belt is the dibber. A must-have for planting seedlings and bulbs this tool will make your gardening experience much easier and it will fit in compactly.\n\nPack your garden tool belt with all these goodies and you should be set to head off into your little piece of horticultural frontier.', '10+ Handy Tools for your Garden Tool Belt', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '787-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:42:27', '2021-11-03 15:42:27', '', 787, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=791', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(792, 1, '2007-06-11 11:42:00', '2007-06-11 15:42:00', 'Do you ever find yourself scratching your head wondering “What the heck is this plant that’s growing in my garden?” only to remember that it was one your mother-in-law gave you for Christmas that you felt obligated to plant? The name escapes you, for the time-being anyway, but you do recognise the flower and that awkward scent.\n\nIf you leave your plant names to memory there’s a good chance that one day you’ll find yourself forgetting a few. And who can blame you? If you live on a normal suburban block you probably have a couple hundred plants in your garden so it’s quite possible to forget the odd one or two.\n\nWhat’s more embarrassing is that you only forget the name when you’re showing your visitors around -\n<blockquote>“There’s the gardenia jasminoides we planted last spring next to our hellebores niger. Don’t you love the contrast?”\n“Yes. Just gorgeous. And what’s that plant in the front?”\n“That’s…um…yes, I can’t remember off the top of my head. Funny, I only planted it last week.”</blockquote>\nFor those fastidious gardeners who keep a journal, this is probably not a scenario you would experience. However, for those a little less organised, like myself, there are garden markers. Plant labels that can easily identify what’s growing where.\n\nI’ve often considered labelling my plants in some form but never quite found the best way to go about it. Sure, there’s an abundance of products available and even ideas on <a href=\"https://www.gardenstew.com/threads/almost-free-plant-markers.1161/\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">how to make your own</a>. But the reality is that most garden markers look downright gaudy at best.\n\nIf I’m investing my hard-earned money into creating a beautiful garden the last thing I want in front of my plants is a plastic label with black texta. No, I want something a little more…beautiful!\n\nThen I came across these copper plant markers that allow you to etch the plant names (and any other information you desire – ie. planting date, latin name etc) directly into the copper. It doesn’t really matter if you have bad writing or not, they will still come up looking a treat.\n\nAnd while most packs of plant markers come in packets of 10 and are seemingly expensive you won’t need to label every plant but just the ones that are focussed on the most – or the ones you regularly forget.', 'Garden Plant Markers: Temporary memory loss saviours', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'garden-plant-markers-temporary-memory-loss-saviours', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:44:55', '2021-11-03 15:44:55', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=792', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(793, 1, '2021-11-03 11:44:13', '2021-11-03 15:44:13', 'Do you ever find yourself scratching your head wondering “What the heck is this plant that’s growing in my garden?” only to remember that it was one your mother-in-law gave you for Christmas that you felt obligated to plant? The name escapes you, for the time-being anyway, but you do recognise the flower and that awkward scent.\n\nIf you leave your plant names to memory there’s a good chance that one day you’ll find yourself forgetting a few. And who can blame you? If you live on a normal suburban block you probably have a couple hundred plants in your garden so it’s quite possible to forget the odd one or two.\nWhat’s more embarrassing is that you only forget the name when you’re showing your visitors around -\n<blockquote>“There’s the gardenia jasminoides we planted last spring next to our hellebores niger. Don’t you love the contrast?”\n“Yes. Just gorgeous. And what’s that plant in the front?”\n“That’s…um…yes, I can’t remember off the top of my head. Funny, I only planted it last week.”</blockquote>\nFor those fastidious gardeners who keep a journal, this is probably not a scenario you would experience. However, for those a little less organised, like myself, there are garden markers. Plant labels that can easily identify what’s growing where.\n\nI’ve often considered labelling my plants in some form but never quite found the best way to go about it. Sure, there’s an abundance of products available and even ideas on <a href=\"http://www.gardenstew.com/about1161.html\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">how to make your own</a>. But the reality is that most garden markers look downright gaudy at best.\n\nIf I’m investing my hard-earned money into creating a beautiful garden the last thing I want in front of my plants is a plastic label with black texta. No, I want something a little more…beautiful!\n\nThen I came across these copper plant markers that allow you to etch the plant names (and any other information you desire – ie. planting date, latin name etc) directly into the copper. It doesn’t really matter if you have bad writing or not, they will still come up looking a treat.\nAnd while most packs of plant markers come in packets of 10 and are seemingly expensive you won’t need to label every plant but just the ones that are focussed on the most – or the ones you regularly forget.', 'Garden Plant Markers: Temporary memory loss saviours', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '792-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:44:13', '2021-11-03 15:44:13', '', 792, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=793', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(795, 1, '2021-11-03 11:44:45', '2021-11-03 15:44:45', 'Do you ever find yourself scratching your head wondering “What the heck is this plant that’s growing in my garden?” only to remember that it was one your mother-in-law gave you for Christmas that you felt obligated to plant? The name escapes you, for the time-being anyway, but you do recognise the flower and that awkward scent.\n\nIf you leave your plant names to memory there’s a good chance that one day you’ll find yourself forgetting a few. And who can blame you? If you live on a normal suburban block you probably have a couple hundred plants in your garden so it’s quite possible to forget the odd one or two.\n\nWhat’s more embarrassing is that you only forget the name when you’re showing your visitors around -\n<blockquote>“There’s the gardenia jasminoides we planted last spring next to our hellebores niger. Don’t you love the contrast?”\n“Yes. Just gorgeous. And what’s that plant in the front?”\n“That’s…um…yes, I can’t remember off the top of my head. Funny, I only planted it last week.”</blockquote>\nFor those fastidious gardeners who keep a journal, this is probably not a scenario you would experience. However, for those a little less organised, like myself, there are garden markers. Plant labels that can easily identify what’s growing where.\n\nI’ve often considered labelling my plants in some form but never quite found the best way to go about it. Sure, there’s an abundance of products available and even ideas on <a href=\"https://www.gardenstew.com/about1161.html\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">how to make your own</a>. But the reality is that most garden markers look downright gaudy at best.\n\nIf I’m investing my hard-earned money into creating a beautiful garden the last thing I want in front of my plants is a plastic label with black texta. No, I want something a little more…beautiful!\n\nThen I came across these copper plant markers that allow you to etch the plant names (and any other information you desire – ie. planting date, latin name etc) directly into the copper. It doesn’t really matter if you have bad writing or not, they will still come up looking a treat.\n\nAnd while most packs of plant markers come in packets of 10 and are seemingly expensive you won’t need to label every plant but just the ones that are focussed on the most – or the ones you regularly forget.', 'Garden Plant Markers: Temporary memory loss saviours', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '792-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:44:45', '2021-11-03 15:44:45', '', 792, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=795', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(796, 1, '2021-11-03 11:44:54', '2021-11-03 15:44:54', 'Do you ever find yourself scratching your head wondering “What the heck is this plant that’s growing in my garden?” only to remember that it was one your mother-in-law gave you for Christmas that you felt obligated to plant? The name escapes you, for the time-being anyway, but you do recognise the flower and that awkward scent.\n\nIf you leave your plant names to memory there’s a good chance that one day you’ll find yourself forgetting a few. And who can blame you? If you live on a normal suburban block you probably have a couple hundred plants in your garden so it’s quite possible to forget the odd one or two.\n\nWhat’s more embarrassing is that you only forget the name when you’re showing your visitors around -\n<blockquote>“There’s the gardenia jasminoides we planted last spring next to our hellebores niger. Don’t you love the contrast?”\n“Yes. Just gorgeous. And what’s that plant in the front?”\n“That’s…um…yes, I can’t remember off the top of my head. Funny, I only planted it last week.”</blockquote>\nFor those fastidious gardeners who keep a journal, this is probably not a scenario you would experience. However, for those a little less organised, like myself, there are garden markers. Plant labels that can easily identify what’s growing where.\n\nI’ve often considered labelling my plants in some form but never quite found the best way to go about it. Sure, there’s an abundance of products available and even ideas on <a href=\"https://www.gardenstew.com/threads/almost-free-plant-markers.1161/\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">how to make your own</a>. But the reality is that most garden markers look downright gaudy at best.\n\nIf I’m investing my hard-earned money into creating a beautiful garden the last thing I want in front of my plants is a plastic label with black texta. No, I want something a little more…beautiful!\n\nThen I came across these copper plant markers that allow you to etch the plant names (and any other information you desire – ie. planting date, latin name etc) directly into the copper. It doesn’t really matter if you have bad writing or not, they will still come up looking a treat.\n\nAnd while most packs of plant markers come in packets of 10 and are seemingly expensive you won’t need to label every plant but just the ones that are focussed on the most – or the ones you regularly forget.', 'Garden Plant Markers: Temporary memory loss saviours', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '792-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:44:54', '2021-11-03 15:44:54', '', 792, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=796', 0, 'revision', '', 0);
INSERT INTO `wp_posts` (`ID`, `post_author`, `post_date`, `post_date_gmt`, `post_content`, `post_title`, `post_excerpt`, `post_status`, `comment_status`, `ping_status`, `post_password`, `post_name`, `to_ping`, `pinged`, `post_modified`, `post_modified_gmt`, `post_content_filtered`, `post_parent`, `guid`, `menu_order`, `post_type`, `post_mime_type`, `comment_count`) VALUES
(797, 1, '2021-11-03 11:45:15', '2021-11-03 15:45:15', 'I’m a big fan of anything that makes gardening more enjoyable and my OCD tendencies love any tool that simplifies and makes organisation a reality. The obverse is tearing my hair out when clutter and disarray rear their ugly heads. So, it’s no surprise that a garden tool belt would suit my lifestyle completely.\nYet tool belts that builders use aren’t practical for a gardener. Firstly, they sit in front of your stomach and bore into your flesh every time you squat down. Plus, they hardly have enough room to hold any of the tools that gardeners require.\n\n[toc]\n\nGardeners require a different styled tool belt which is why I love these ones. They are designed to hang at your side rather than around your middle enabling freedom of movement and bigger pockets for all your tools.\n\nBut, what’s the point of having a mobile storage unit such as this if it too becomes just another source of clutter? Plant labels, leaf litter, bits of old plastic tie and possibly a few pre-loved tissues always find their way into our once neat and orderly tool bag. Maybe it’s time to reassess and restock?\nHere’s a list of garden tools that I find most useful and would love to have on hand;\n<h3>Hand pruners</h3>\nWhich <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/tips-on-selecting-garden-shears/\">hand pruners</a>? Your choice, but it should go without saying that these are incredibly important in your gardening arsenal. Most garden tool belts have a separate pouch that keeps your pruners close at hand and easy to slip into.\n<h3>Wire-cutters</h3>\nA very important tool if you grow veggies. Often we trellis our beans, peas and perhaps some of our fruit trees so it’s handy to have a pair of wire-cutters on hand for any makeshift repairs or installations.\n<h3>String</h3>\nA ball of twine or lengths of nylon pantyhose come in very helpful when you’re wanting to stake plants.\n<h3>Gloves</h3>\nFor those who choose to use them, having a pair of gloves is a great option. Even for those who are reticent to use them, having a pair available can make life a little easier if you ever come across a situation where your bare skin just shouldn’t go.\n<h3>Planting Labels</h3>\n<a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/garden-plant-markers-temporary-memory-loss-saviours/\">Plant labels</a> are almost one of the most essential items when out in the garden. They certainly help out when you’re trying to keep a record of what’s going in your flower beds.\n<h3>Felt-tip pen</h3>\n…and if you’re going to have plant labels on hand, then you might as well have something to write on them, right? Your felt-tip pen is also handy for marking pots and recording info on seed packets, if needed.\n<h3>Trowel</h3>\nWhat gardener could exist without a garden trowel? One of the most versatile tools you’ll keep in your belt, the trowel is essential.\n<h3>Patio Knife</h3>\nGreat for scraping the weeds from between bricks and pavers this versatile tool can also aid in opening bags of potting mix, fertiliser and manures. Plus, it’s a handy tool for forming drills for your vegetable seeds.\n<h3>Hand Fork</h3>\nReliably a great tool when you’re trying to dig up bulbs or other small plants. It helps lift them without removing all the soil.\n<h3>Hand Rake</h3>\nThe rake, as useful as the fork, is also fantastic for scarifying the soil around your plants and removing any surface weeds. Due to its compact size it makes cleaning around plants less intrusive and therefore much safer for your plants.\n<h3>Weeding Prong</h3>\nThese are great for getting weeds out of lawns or lifting those weeds that have deep roots.\n<h3>Dibber</h3>\nThe final tool you’ll need in your garden belt is the dibber. A must-have for planting seedlings and bulbs this tool will make your gardening experience much easier and it will fit in compactly.\n\nPack your garden tool belt with all these goodies and you should be set to head off into your little piece of horticultural frontier.', '10+ Handy Tools for your Garden Tool Belt', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '787-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:45:15', '2021-11-03 15:45:15', '', 787, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=797', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(798, 1, '2006-04-28 11:46:00', '2006-04-28 15:46:00', 'A potting shed is the pallete for any gardener. It’s the one single place where hobby planters can create their masterpieces, potting up cuttings and raising seedlings – their hopes resting on the success of these miniature laboratories.\n\nWe had a potting shed at our old house but we’re still in the throes of constructing one here. It wasn’t really planned as a potting shed, in fact it was an outdoor kitchen for a failed business venture – but that’s another story.\n\nThis place, that we’ll call the potting shed, had a large stainless steel bench at one end with a sink and running water. The sink sat at the far end of this bench and allowed me to throw all my pots into a bleaching solution and then once cleaned they could drain on the bench. Then I would stack the pots into their respective sizes ready for my next potting spree.\n\nThe beauty of this shed was that it kept it all indoors and out of the weather. So no matter whether it decided to bucket down large hailstones, I could venture into my potting shed and start propagating some plants or pot up some seedlings. I was only limited by my imagination – and the number of pots I had.\n\nOur new <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/the-shed-is-standing/\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">shed</a> will also have an end dedicated to potting up some plants. Alas, this one won’t be plumbed so I shall have to fill the sink with buckets of water but it will give me an area to work in.\n\nI’ve decided the potting shed needs to have these basic elements;\n<ul>\n 	<li>Sink that’s big enough to hold at least 20 – 50 pots</li>\n 	<li>Bench space to allow you to lay out enough pots that can be planted at once.</li>\n 	<li>Storage for your potting mixes</li>\n 	<li>Somewhere to drain and store your pots and seedling trays</li>\n 	<li>Storage compartments for your seeds, pot labels, string or tie wires, and a place to store your plastic covers</li>\n 	<li>And finally, a big window so that you can look out and enjoy the garden and dream of what it will look like with all your new seedlings planted</li>\n</ul>\nThat’s the potting shed – a place where gardener’s dreams come true (even if it may only be in their lucid imaginations).\n\nAnd where else are you going to mount that <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/copper-weathervane/\">copper weathervane</a>?', 'The Garden Potting Shed', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'the-garden-potting-shed', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:55:00', '2021-11-03 15:55:00', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=798', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(799, 1, '2021-11-03 11:47:07', '2021-11-03 15:47:07', '', 'potting shed', 'Potting Around In The Garden Potting Shed', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'potting-shed', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:47:12', '2021-11-03 15:47:12', '', 798, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/potting-shed.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(800, 1, '2021-11-03 11:47:46', '2021-11-03 15:47:46', 'A potting shed is the pallete for any gardener. It’s the one single place where hobby planters can create their masterpieces, potting up cuttings and raising seedlings – their hopes resting on the success of these miniature laboratories.\n\nWe had a potting shed at our old house but we’re still in the throes of constructing one here. It wasn’t really planned as a potting shed, in fact it was an outdoor kitchen for a failed business venture – but that’s another story.\n\nThis place, that we’ll call the potting shed, had a large stainless steel bench at one end with a sink and running water. The sink sat at the far end of this bench and allowed me to throw all my pots into a bleaching solution and then once cleaned they could drain on the bench. Then I would stack the pots into their respective sizes ready for my next potting spree.\n\nThe beauty of this shed was that it kept it all indoors and out of the weather. So no matter whether it decided to bucket down large hailstones, I could venture into my potting shed and start propagating some plants or pot up some seedlings. I was only limited by my imagination – and the number of pots I had.\n\nOur new <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/01/the_shed_is_standing.html\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">shed</a> will also have an end dedicated to potting up some plants. Alas, this one won’t be plumbed so I shall have to fill the sink with buckets of water but it will give me an area to work in.\n\nI’ve decided the potting shed needs to have these basic elements;\n<ul>\n 	<li>Sink that’s big enough to hold at least 20 – 50 pots</li>\n 	<li>Bench space to allow you to lay out enough pots that can be planted at once.</li>\n 	<li>Storage for your potting mixes</li>\n 	<li>Somewhere to drain and store your pots and seedling trays</li>\n 	<li>Storage compartments for your seeds, pot labels, string or tie wires, and a place to store your plastic covers</li>\n 	<li>And finally, a big window so that you can look out and enjoy the garden and dream of what it will look like with all your new seedlings planted</li>\n</ul>\nThat’s the potting shed – a place where gardener’s dreams come true (even if it may only be in their lucid imaginations).\n\nAnd where else are you going to mount that <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/05/copper_weathervanes.html\">copper weathervane</a>?', 'The Garden Potting Shed', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '798-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:47:46', '2021-11-03 15:47:46', '', 798, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=800', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(802, 1, '2021-11-03 11:48:08', '2021-11-03 15:48:08', 'A vertical garden shed is one of those very logical storage systems that seem to surface every few years or so. You know the ones…once they start being advertised you begin asking yourself where they’ve been all your life.\n\nFor many home gardeners space is becoming a premium commodity. While you may have been accumulating all those garden tools over the years having somewhere to store them means parting with garden beds – and that ain’t gonna to happen!\n\n<em>[Enter stage left the vertical garden shed]</em> This <a href=\"https://amzn.to/3wckdqZ\">storage facility</a> <em>(aff.)</em> can easily fit under the eaves of your dwelling – a location where growing plants is almost impossible anyway – and can be kept tucked out of view away from the garden you want to display.\n\nWhile the <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/the-garden-potting-shed/\">garden shed</a> is still the ideal and there are ways to organise your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/organizing-your-garden-tools/\">garden tools</a> without a shed, both have problems. The former takes up space while the latter may, over time, ruin your tools.\n\nSo a vertical garden shed seems to fit in the middle of these issues and presents a genuine option to remedy the situation. Depending on how much eave space you have may dictate how large a vertical shed you could accomodate. The larger the shed the more tools you can store.\n\nRegardless of size, these sheds are perfect for storing the basic garden tools: hoes, rakes, shovels and spades, a mattock, plus a spot for your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/10-handy-tools-for-your-garden-tool-belt/\">garden tool belt</a> and even your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/try-garden-clogs-your-feet-will-love-you-for-them/\">garden clogs</a>. Even the smallest of these vertical garden sheds could house a small push mower if you have a postcard lawn to tend.\n\nThese sheds are so versatile you could even locate one next to your allotment, if that’s how you garden. They can be locked via padlock-able doors and secured to a concrete base through a few well-placed dyna-bolts. They offer gardeners many more options than constructing a garden shed and are much more portable should you need to vacate your allotment or rented premises.\n<h3>What to look for when buying a vertical garden shed?</h3>\n<ul>\n 	<li>Weather and Climate Tolerance – these sheds are predominantly constructed from high-density polyethylene which offers some great benefits when it comes to weathering the extremes of our climates. However, there are some cheaper alternatives made from less durable materials that won’t give you the longevity you need.</li>\n 	<li>Vertical or Horizontal? – while vertical garden sheds are very versatile opting for a horizontal alternative may give the extra benefit of combining a garden seat at the same time.</li>\n 	<li>Actual usable storage space – if you get a vertical garden shed that is too short for your long handled tools then storing them at angles will take away some of your usable storage space. Check to ensure your tools will use this space as efficiently as possible.</li>\n 	<li>Colour – these sheds come in a range of colours so check to ensure that your preferred model gives you a colour range to match your home.</li>\n 	<li>Securability – does the shed offer lockable front doors and a way to secure it to the ground. The latter point is very important in areas where high winds can be a problem.</li>\n</ul>\nNow, you should be able to purchase your vertical garden shed with confidence, knowing that it will stand the test of time and provide a good option to protect your garden tools.', 'The Benefits of a Vertical Garden Shed', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '777-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:48:08', '2021-11-03 15:48:08', '', 777, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=802', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(803, 1, '2006-05-30 11:48:00', '2006-05-30 15:48:00', 'A must for every gardener is the weathervane. It can advise you instantly as to the change in direction of the wind and of impending rain, warning you that there may only be a short time before you get drenched. I started checking these out after our weather became inclement in less than 30 minutes last Sunday. All weekend we had enjoyed the most beautiful weather; chilly, yet sunny mornings warming up throughout the day to an almost perfect autumn climate.\n\nHowever, once a nor-wester starts to brew it doesn’t take long for the weather to change and eventually rain will fall. Wouldn’t it be easier to see the change happen as soon as it occurs? This is why weathervanes are such a necessity for gardeners.\n\nSo, what’s the importance of copper weathervanes? Most weathervanes are made from some metal whether it is aluminium, stainless steel, galvanised steel or wrought iron and while most of these will do the job adequately it takes copper to really stand out.\n\nOne of the big benefits of copper weathervanes is that they don’t rust and will maintain their look for many, many years. Depending on the metals found in your natural rainfall (and natural rainfall always contains some metals) will depend on how other metal weathervanes will respond. Some metals will aid in the eventual corrosion of your weathervane while others may just make them look unsightly.\n\nCopper weathervanes are durable and they look great all the time. They also have a sense of prestige about them that other weathervanes don’t.\n<h3>Types of copper weathervane</h3>\nThere are almost as many copper weathervanes as there are ideas about designing such equipment. The most common would be the rooster and the traditional stand-alone directional weathervane but then there are many others also. Horses, rabbits, cyclists, yachts, hot air balloons even witches on broomsticks (if you’re that way inclined).\n<h3>How to install a copper weathervane</h3>\nWeathervanes can be mounted on freestanding poles in the middle of your garden or, as most gardeners do, from the top of their roof. The most important aspect of installing a weathervane is to ensure that it’s line of sight is not hindered by other structures of plants. If a large tree is directly in the path of a prominent wind direction this will skew the performance of your weathervane. So find a place that will not distract the weathervane.\n\nAlso find a location that is easy to get to for ongoing maintenance.\n\nOnce a location is sourced mount the pole securely using a spirit level to ensure that the pole is straight and level. This is also critical to the weathervanes performance as a deviation can hinder the weathervane from moving appropriately.\n\nPoint the directional arrows in the correct region ensuring that the east-west arrow is exactly 90° from the north-south arrow.\n\nGrease the spindle and make sure the weathervane spins freely.\n<h3>Maintaining your copper weathervane</h3>\nMost copper weathervanes are verdigris (that is they aren’t polished and appear to be aged). While some copper weathervanes are polished and require constant polishing to remain looking good. If you are after a low maintenance weathervane I would certainly recommend buying a verdigris over polished.\n\nIf you have birds roost on your weathervane you may need to maintain it a little more than those who don’t. Bird droppings will mar the look of your weathervane and may also affect its balance rendering it inaccurate when signalling a wind change. These droppings may also clog the spindle causing it to cease moving. If this is the case, wash the droppings off the weathervane and apply some grease or vaseline to the spindle ensuring that it rotates freely.\n\nIf you want to deter birds from roosting on your copper weathervane hang a shiny trinket or small mirror from the vane. This will annoy birds from getting too close and they will stop coming back.', 'A Copper Weathervane for Your Garden', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'copper-weathervane', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:53:05', '2021-11-03 15:53:05', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=803', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(804, 1, '2021-11-03 11:52:12', '2021-11-03 15:52:12', '', 'Copper weathervane eagle', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'copper-weathervane-eagle', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:52:15', '2021-11-03 15:52:15', '', 803, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Copper-weathervane-eagle.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(805, 1, '2021-11-03 11:52:51', '2021-11-03 15:52:51', 'A must for every gardener is the weathervane. It can advise you instantly as to the change in direction of the wind and of impending rain, warning you that there may only be a short time before you get drenched. I started checking these out after our weather became inclement in less than 30 minutes last Sunday. All weekend we had enjoyed the most beautiful weather; chilly, yet sunny mornings warming up throughout the day to an almost perfect autumn climate.\n\nHowever, once a nor-wester starts to brew it doesn’t take long for the weather to change and eventually rain will fall. Wouldn’t it be easier to see the change happen as soon as it occurs? This is why weathervanes are such a necessity for gardeners.\n\nSo, what’s the importance of copper weathervanes? Most weathervanes are made from some metal whether it is aluminium, stainless steel, galvanised steel or wrought iron and while most of these will do the job adequately it takes copper to really stand out.\n\nOne of the big benefits of copper weathervanes is that they don’t rust and will maintain their look for many, many years. Depending on the metals found in your natural rainfall (and natural rainfall always contains some metals) will depend on how other metal weathervanes will respond. Some metals will aid in the eventual corrosion of your weathervane while others may just make them look unsightly.\n\nCopper weathervanes are durable and they look great all the time. They also have a sense of prestige about them that other weathervanes don’t.\n<h3>Types of copper weathervane</h3>\nThere are almost as many copper weathervanes as there are ideas about designing such equipment. The most common would be the rooster and the traditional stand-alone directional weathervane but then there are many others also. Horses, rabbits, cyclists, yachts, hot air balloons even witches on broomsticks (if you’re that way inclined).\n<h3>How to install a copper weathervane</h3>\nWeathervanes can be mounted on freestanding poles in the middle of your garden or, as most gardeners do, from the top of their roof. The most important aspect of installing a weathervane is to ensure that it’s line of sight is not hindered by other structures of plants. If a large tree is directly in the path of a prominent wind direction this will skew the performance of your weathervane. So find a place that will not distract the weathervane.\n\nAlso find a location that is easy to get to for ongoing maintenance.\n\nOnce a location is sourced mount the pole securely using a spirit level to ensure that the pole is straight and level. This is also critical to the weathervanes performance as a deviation can hinder the weathervane from moving appropriately.\n\nPoint the directional arrows in the correct region ensuring that the east-west arrow is exactly 90° from the north-south arrow.\n\nGrease the spindle and make sure the weathervane spins freely.\n<h3>Maintaining your copper weathervane</h3>\nMost copper weathervanes are verdigris (that is they aren’t polished and appear to be aged). While some copper weathervanes are polished and require constant polishing to remain looking good. If you are after a low maintenance weathervane I would certainly recommend buying a verdigris over polished.\n\nIf you have birds roost on your weathervane you may need to maintain it a little more than those who don’t. Bird droppings will mar the look of your weathervane and may also affect its balance rendering it inaccurate when signalling a wind change. These droppings may also clog the spindle causing it to cease moving. If this is the case, wash the droppings off the weathervane and apply some grease or vaseline to the spindle ensuring that it rotates freely.\n\nIf you want to deter birds from roosting on your copper weathervane hang a shiny trinket or small mirror from the vane. This will annoy birds from getting too close and they will stop coming back.', 'A Copper Weathervane for Your Garden', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '803-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:52:51', '2021-11-03 15:52:51', '', 803, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=805', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(807, 1, '2021-11-03 11:53:32', '2021-11-03 15:53:32', 'A potting shed is the pallete for any gardener. It’s the one single place where hobby planters can create their masterpieces, potting up cuttings and raising seedlings – their hopes resting on the success of these miniature laboratories.\n\nWe had a potting shed at our old house but we’re still in the throes of constructing one here. It wasn’t really planned as a potting shed, in fact it was an outdoor kitchen for a failed business venture – but that’s another story.\n\nThis place, that we’ll call the potting shed, had a large stainless steel bench at one end with a sink and running water. The sink sat at the far end of this bench and allowed me to throw all my pots into a bleaching solution and then once cleaned they could drain on the bench. Then I would stack the pots into their respective sizes ready for my next potting spree.\n\nThe beauty of this shed was that it kept it all indoors and out of the weather. So no matter whether it decided to bucket down large hailstones, I could venture into my potting shed and start propagating some plants or pot up some seedlings. I was only limited by my imagination – and the number of pots I had.\n\nOur new <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/01/the_shed_is_standing.html\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">shed</a> will also have an end dedicated to potting up some plants. Alas, this one won’t be plumbed so I shall have to fill the sink with buckets of water but it will give me an area to work in.\n\nI’ve decided the potting shed needs to have these basic elements;\n<ul>\n 	<li>Sink that’s big enough to hold at least 20 – 50 pots</li>\n 	<li>Bench space to allow you to lay out enough pots that can be planted at once.</li>\n 	<li>Storage for your potting mixes</li>\n 	<li>Somewhere to drain and store your pots and seedling trays</li>\n 	<li>Storage compartments for your seeds, pot labels, string or tie wires, and a place to store your plastic covers</li>\n 	<li>And finally, a big window so that you can look out and enjoy the garden and dream of what it will look like with all your new seedlings planted</li>\n</ul>\nThat’s the potting shed – a place where gardener’s dreams come true (even if it may only be in their lucid imaginations).\n\nAnd where else are you going to mount that <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/copper-weathervane/\">copper weathervane</a>?', 'The Garden Potting Shed', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '798-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:53:32', '2021-11-03 15:53:32', '', 798, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=807', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(808, 1, '2006-01-09 11:53:00', '2006-01-09 16:53:00', 'I finished the last frame on Saturday afternoon so we hoisted them up so that we could get a feeling for the height.\n\nYou can never really appreciate the size of a building and the room you’re going to have in until height has been added. I remember walking around our house pad after the concrete had been poured thinking how small it was. But, after they laid the bricks you could get a sense of dimension and it didn’t feel so small.\n\nI’ve had a few chuckles from mates who thought my 3.5m (11.5″) x 5m (16.4″) shed was a tad on the small side but when you’re trying to fit this plus a decent garden on a 690sq.m (2,263″) block you have to use your space well. This shed will accomodate ample room for my woodwork projects, including a bench to house my power tools, storage cupboards, a place for my home brew kit plus a gardening bench shed. Along one side it will also house racks of plants that we will be propagating.\n\nAlas, this is how it will sit for a while as we save enough for the roof trusses.', 'The Shed Is Standing', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'the-shed-is-standing', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:54:38', '2021-11-03 15:54:38', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=808', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(809, 1, '2021-11-03 11:54:37', '2021-11-03 15:54:37', 'I finished the last frame on Saturday afternoon so we hoisted them up so that we could get a feeling for the height.\n\nYou can never really appreciate the size of a building and the room you’re going to have in until height has been added. I remember walking around our house pad after the concrete had been poured thinking how small it was. But, after they laid the bricks you could get a sense of dimension and it didn’t feel so small.\n\nI’ve had a few chuckles from mates who thought my 3.5m (11.5″) x 5m (16.4″) shed was a tad on the small side but when you’re trying to fit this plus a decent garden on a 690sq.m (2,263″) block you have to use your space well. This shed will accomodate ample room for my woodwork projects, including a bench to house my power tools, storage cupboards, a place for my home brew kit plus a gardening bench shed. Along one side it will also house racks of plants that we will be propagating.\n\nAlas, this is how it will sit for a while as we save enough for the roof trusses.', 'The Shed Is Standing', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '808-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:54:37', '2021-11-03 15:54:37', '', 808, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=809', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(810, 1, '2021-11-03 11:54:59', '2021-11-03 15:54:59', 'A potting shed is the pallete for any gardener. It’s the one single place where hobby planters can create their masterpieces, potting up cuttings and raising seedlings – their hopes resting on the success of these miniature laboratories.\n\nWe had a potting shed at our old house but we’re still in the throes of constructing one here. It wasn’t really planned as a potting shed, in fact it was an outdoor kitchen for a failed business venture – but that’s another story.\n\nThis place, that we’ll call the potting shed, had a large stainless steel bench at one end with a sink and running water. The sink sat at the far end of this bench and allowed me to throw all my pots into a bleaching solution and then once cleaned they could drain on the bench. Then I would stack the pots into their respective sizes ready for my next potting spree.\n\nThe beauty of this shed was that it kept it all indoors and out of the weather. So no matter whether it decided to bucket down large hailstones, I could venture into my potting shed and start propagating some plants or pot up some seedlings. I was only limited by my imagination – and the number of pots I had.\n\nOur new <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/the-shed-is-standing/\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">shed</a> will also have an end dedicated to potting up some plants. Alas, this one won’t be plumbed so I shall have to fill the sink with buckets of water but it will give me an area to work in.\n\nI’ve decided the potting shed needs to have these basic elements;\n<ul>\n 	<li>Sink that’s big enough to hold at least 20 – 50 pots</li>\n 	<li>Bench space to allow you to lay out enough pots that can be planted at once.</li>\n 	<li>Storage for your potting mixes</li>\n 	<li>Somewhere to drain and store your pots and seedling trays</li>\n 	<li>Storage compartments for your seeds, pot labels, string or tie wires, and a place to store your plastic covers</li>\n 	<li>And finally, a big window so that you can look out and enjoy the garden and dream of what it will look like with all your new seedlings planted</li>\n</ul>\nThat’s the potting shed – a place where gardener’s dreams come true (even if it may only be in their lucid imaginations).\n\nAnd where else are you going to mount that <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/copper-weathervane/\">copper weathervane</a>?', 'The Garden Potting Shed', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '798-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:54:59', '2021-11-03 15:54:59', '', 798, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=810', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(811, 1, '2021-11-03 11:58:05', '2021-11-03 15:58:05', 'Truffles, considered to be a delicacy, are a rare type of fungus found near the roots of certain trees. Used in high-end cuisines, truffles and truffle oil are prized by chefs worldwide. Because truffles are so rare to find and difficult to grow, they are extremely expensive.\nBlack truffles are primarily grown in France and are used in cooking. There are three types of black truffles: black winter truffle, black summer truffle, and the Chinese truffle.\n\n<img class=\"size-full wp-image-565 alignright\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/black-truffles.jpg\" alt=\"Can Black Truffles Be Grown in the Backyard?\" width=\"200\" height=\"133\">The black winter truffle, or Tuber melanosporum, is round with grayish black skin and white veins. Often called the “Black Diamond of Provence, ” the black winter truffle is extremely prized. This variety grows best in conditions found in the Mediterranean. France is the largest producer of black winter truffles, followed by Spain and Italy. Its growing season is December through March.\n\nThe black summer truffle, or Tuber aestivum, is similar in appearance to the black winter truffle only it is larger and has a tougher skin. This is the least expensive type of black truffle. It is grown in many different climates such as those in northern Italy, central Europe, Turkey, and North Africa. The growing season for this variety is June through November.\n\nThe Chinese truffle, or Tuber sinensis, is a winter black truffle that is harvested in China. Chinese truffles are found in greater quantities than black winter truffles and are often exported to the West as an inferior-quality substitute. Approximately 95% of Chinese truffles come from Yunnan, Sichuan, and Tibet. Spring is the growing season for this variety.\n<h2>Growing Black Truffles</h2>\nBlack truffles cannot be artificially grown. They are difficult to grow because of their sensitivity; black truffles require a proper climate, mild temperatures, and the perfect amount of rainfall. Individuals in North American living along the West Coast, from northern California to British Columbia, have been able to ensure the proper climate, temperature, and rainfall in order to grow black truffles. Growing black truffles is not an easy task. It requires patience as it can take a number of years to harvest a single, first crop. Fortunately, once a tree has successfully produced a crop of truffles it can continue to do so for several decades.\n\nIn order for black truffles to be grown in the backyard, they need to be planted near a host tree under very controlled conditions. Many black truffle farms have perfected this technique and sell seeds that grow more easily in a backyard environment. Unfortunately, black truffles can only survive in areas with mild weather as extreme heat and cold will damage the truffles resulting in an unsuccessful harvest. Black truffles typically grow between 300 and 3000 feet above sea level and thrive in well drained soil that has good nutritional elements.\n\nFor best results, make sure the soil has a pH between 6.5 and 8.0. Oak, ash, and poplar trees make great host trees for black truffles. Sapling trees are also available to purchase and plant. Some companies sell trees infused with the black truffle fungus into the roots. Each variety of tree has different planting instructions so be sure to plant accordingly. Cultivate and care for the trees, watering generously, and always make sure that the soil drains properly. Be sure to regularly weed and prune the backyard, discouraging other vegetation from growing near the truffles or the tree. Be patient and continue to take good care of the tree because it may take up to five years before black truffles are ready to harvest.', 'Can Black Truffles Be Grown in the Backyard?', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '564-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:58:05', '2021-11-03 15:58:05', '', 564, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=811', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(812, 1, '2009-11-19 11:55:00', '2009-11-19 16:55:00', 'Practically every garden requires a hose. Yours may be small enough to survive with just an <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/garden-watering-cans-find-one-for-your-personality/\">outdoor watering can</a> but the majority of gardeners keep one somewhere in their yard.\n<blockquote>The question is, “Where?”</blockquote>\nUndoubtedly many lay where they were last used, bound together in large knots and causing all sorts of problems for later use and trip hazards for unsuspecting visitors. They risk perishing faster by cracking or splitting in the sun but without a hose holder they become an unwieldy tool in the garden.\nSo, the next question becomes, “What sort of hose holder?” Well, this is what this post is all about, contemporary and practical ways to store your garden hose. Here are seven options that might make this one task a little more simpler:\n<h3><strong>Pot Hose Holder</strong></h3>\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-813\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/turtle-hose-holder.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"73\" />A pot hose holder is a very convenient way to store your garden hose. Firstly, they’re circular (the same as your hose) so winding it inside a pot is quite manageable and second, they come in a vast array of cool designs and patterns. Take this turtle hose holder as an example; it offers the garden a little whimsy while at the same time becoming a storage unit for your hose.\n<h3><strong>Hose Hanger</strong></h3>\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-814\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/hose-holder-hanger.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"75\" />The hose hanger is another great way to hold your hose. While the pot mentioned above can sometimes be a tad tedious to wind into a hose hanger is quite a simple way to quickly loop your hose onto making the process faster and more conducive to being achieved. Hose hangers come in a vast array of designs as well from the simple upward loop holder to the animals with stylised tails to perform the same task.\n<h3><strong>Hose Reel Holder</strong></h3>\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-815\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/hose-reel.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"100\" />Probably the most useful hose holder is the hose reel. A reel offers a way for a hose to be wound up or off quite quickly and keeps the hose in its normal, accessible shape. Reels can be mounted to the side of your house or just be a free standing unit that can be unplugged when need and moved around to other sites within your garden.\n<h3></h3>\n<h3><strong>Hose Hide</strong></h3>\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-816\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/hose-hide.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"73\" />For the minimalist gardener, hiding your hose is a requirement and while the reel and the pot hose holder may be moved the thought of having a storage place in situ is far more appealing. Many can be bought and installed but for us quirky gardeners out there why not try and create one yourself. This pre-loved man-hole would makes a great addition to any garden and easily doubles as a hose hide.\n<h3><strong>Mobile Hose Reel</strong></h3>\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-817\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/mobile-hose-reel.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"67\" />For those gardeners wanting a hose holder that’s a little more mobile then buying a holder with wheels is probably your best bet. However, if your wanting to be a little different, and show off some of your creative flair, then try working with resources that may perform the job just as well – but possibly cheaper. This old fire cart may be the perfect mobile hose storage if your garden was big enough and easily transported around your yard.\n<h3><strong>Concealed Hose Storage</strong></h3>\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-818\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/hidden-hose-storage.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"48\" />While I’ve already mentioned the hose hide this usually conceals the hose underground. There are, however, ways to store them vertically – like in the inside of the wall or via a wall mounted storage box. The benefit of this method over the underground hide is that there is less chance of the hose rotting over time. It is usually hidden from the elements while the underground hide may be more exposed to rain runoff and other problems.\n<h3><strong>Fire Hydrant Hose Holder</strong></h3>\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-819\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/fire-hydrant-hose-holder.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"153\" />Finally, if none of the previously mentioned hose holders tickle your fancy then maybe you’re quirky enough to find something completely individual. This old fire hydrant offers a great piece of whimsy for the garden plus allows you to wrap your hose around it, or over it, and doubles as a very practical hose holder.\n<div></div>\nChoosing a hose holder is usually a discussion on practicalities, and while there are some points to consider why not have some fun with it at the same time.', 'Seven Neat Garden Hose Holders', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'seven-neat-garden-hose-holders', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:02:14', '2021-11-04 16:02:14', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=812', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(813, 1, '2021-11-04 11:58:25', '2021-11-04 15:58:25', '', 'turtle-hose-holder', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'turtle-hose-holder', '', '', '2021-11-04 11:58:25', '2021-11-04 15:58:25', '', 812, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/turtle-hose-holder.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(814, 1, '2021-11-04 11:58:40', '2021-11-04 15:58:40', '', 'hose-holder-hanger', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'hose-holder-hanger', '', '', '2021-11-04 11:58:40', '2021-11-04 15:58:40', '', 812, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/hose-holder-hanger.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(815, 1, '2021-11-04 11:58:56', '2021-11-04 15:58:56', '', 'hose-reel', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'hose-reel', '', '', '2021-11-04 11:58:56', '2021-11-04 15:58:56', '', 812, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/hose-reel.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(816, 1, '2021-11-04 11:59:17', '2021-11-04 15:59:17', '', 'hose-hide', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'hose-hide', '', '', '2021-11-04 11:59:17', '2021-11-04 15:59:17', '', 812, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/hose-hide.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(817, 1, '2021-11-04 11:59:30', '2021-11-04 15:59:30', '', 'mobile-hose-reel', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'mobile-hose-reel', '', '', '2021-11-04 11:59:30', '2021-11-04 15:59:30', '', 812, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/mobile-hose-reel.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(818, 1, '2021-11-04 11:59:45', '2021-11-04 15:59:45', '', 'hidden-hose-storage', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'hidden-hose-storage', '', '', '2021-11-04 11:59:45', '2021-11-04 15:59:45', '', 812, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/hidden-hose-storage.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(819, 1, '2021-11-04 11:59:57', '2021-11-04 15:59:57', '', 'fire-hydrant-hose-holder', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'fire-hydrant-hose-holder', '', '', '2021-11-04 11:59:57', '2021-11-04 15:59:57', '', 812, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/fire-hydrant-hose-holder.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(820, 1, '2021-11-04 12:00:43', '2021-11-04 16:00:43', 'Practically every garden requires a hose. Yours may be small enough to survive with just an <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/08/garden_watering_cans_find_one_for_your_personality_1.html\">outdoor watering can</a> but the majority of gardeners keep one somewhere in their yard.\n<blockquote>The question is, “Where?”</blockquote>\nUndoubtedly many lay where they were last used, bound together in large knots and causing all sorts of problems for later use and trip hazards for unsuspecting visitors. They risk perishing faster by cracking or splitting in the sun but without a hose holder they become an unwieldy tool in the garden.\nSo, the next question becomes, “What sort of hose holder?” Well, this is what this post is all about, contemporary and practical ways to store your garden hose. Here are seven options that might make this one task a little more simpler:\n<h3><strong>Pot Hose Holder</strong></h3>\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-813\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/turtle-hose-holder.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"73\" />A pot hose holder is a very convenient way to store your garden hose. Firstly, they’re circular (the same as your hose) so winding it inside a pot is quite manageable and second, they come in a vast array of cool designs and patterns. Take this turtle hose holder as an example; it offers the garden a little whimsy while at the same time becoming a storage unit for your hose.\n<h3><strong>Hose Hanger</strong></h3>\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-814\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/hose-holder-hanger.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"75\" />The hose hanger is another great way to hold your hose. While the pot mentioned above can sometimes be a tad tedious to wind into a hose hanger is quite a simple way to quickly loop your hose onto making the process faster and more conducive to being achieved. Hose hangers come in a vast array of designs as well from the simple upward loop holder to the animals with stylised tails to perform the same task.\n<h3><strong>Hose Reel Holder</strong></h3>\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-815\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/hose-reel.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"100\" />Probably the most useful hose holder is the hose reel. A reel offers a way for a hose to be wound up or off quite quickly and keeps the hose in its normal, accessible shape. Reels can be mounted to the side of your house or just be a free standing unit that can be unplugged when need and moved around to other sites within your garden.\n<h3></h3>\n<h3><strong>Hose Hide</strong></h3>\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-816\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/hose-hide.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"73\" />For the minimalist gardener, hiding your hose is a requirement and while the reel and the pot hose holder may be moved the thought of having a storage place in situ is far more appealing. Many can be bought and installed but for us quirky gardeners out there why not try and create one yourself. This pre-loved man-hole would makes a great addition to any garden and easily doubles as a hose hide.\n<h3><strong>Mobile Hose Reel</strong></h3>\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-817\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/mobile-hose-reel.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"67\" />For those gardeners wanting a hose holder that’s a little more mobile then buying a holder with wheels is probably your best bet. However, if your wanting to be a little different, and show off some of your creative flair, then try working with resources that may perform the job just as well – but possibly cheaper. This old fire cart may be the perfect mobile hose storage if your garden was big enough and easily transported around your yard.\n<h3><strong>Concealed Hose Storage</strong></h3>\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-818\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/hidden-hose-storage.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"48\" />While I’ve already mentioned the hose hide this usually conceals the hose underground. There are, however, ways to store them vertically – like in the inside of the wall or via a wall mounted storage box. The benefit of this method over the underground hide is that there is less chance of the hose rotting over time. It is usually hidden from the elements while the underground hide may be more exposed to rain runoff and other problems.\n<h3><strong>Fire Hydrant Hose Holder</strong></h3>\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-819\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/fire-hydrant-hose-holder.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"153\" />Finally, if none of the previously mentioned hose holders tickle your fancy then maybe you’re quirky enough to find something completely individual. This old fire hydrant offers a great piece of whimsy for the garden plus allows you to wrap your hose around it, or over it, and doubles as a very practical hose holder.\n<div></div>\nChoosing a hose holder is usually a discussion on practicalities, and while there are some points to consider why not have some fun with it at the same time.', 'Seven Neat Garden Hose Holders', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '812-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:00:43', '2021-11-04 16:00:43', '', 812, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=820', 0, 'revision', '', 0);
INSERT INTO `wp_posts` (`ID`, `post_author`, `post_date`, `post_date_gmt`, `post_content`, `post_title`, `post_excerpt`, `post_status`, `comment_status`, `ping_status`, `post_password`, `post_name`, `to_ping`, `pinged`, `post_modified`, `post_modified_gmt`, `post_content_filtered`, `post_parent`, `guid`, `menu_order`, `post_type`, `post_mime_type`, `comment_count`) VALUES
(821, 1, '2021-11-04 12:02:13', '2021-11-04 16:02:13', 'Practically every garden requires a hose. Yours may be small enough to survive with just an <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/garden-watering-cans-find-one-for-your-personality/\">outdoor watering can</a> but the majority of gardeners keep one somewhere in their yard.\n<blockquote>The question is, “Where?”</blockquote>\nUndoubtedly many lay where they were last used, bound together in large knots and causing all sorts of problems for later use and trip hazards for unsuspecting visitors. They risk perishing faster by cracking or splitting in the sun but without a hose holder they become an unwieldy tool in the garden.\nSo, the next question becomes, “What sort of hose holder?” Well, this is what this post is all about, contemporary and practical ways to store your garden hose. Here are seven options that might make this one task a little more simpler:\n<h3><strong>Pot Hose Holder</strong></h3>\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-813\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/turtle-hose-holder.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"73\" />A pot hose holder is a very convenient way to store your garden hose. Firstly, they’re circular (the same as your hose) so winding it inside a pot is quite manageable and second, they come in a vast array of cool designs and patterns. Take this turtle hose holder as an example; it offers the garden a little whimsy while at the same time becoming a storage unit for your hose.\n<h3><strong>Hose Hanger</strong></h3>\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-814\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/hose-holder-hanger.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"75\" />The hose hanger is another great way to hold your hose. While the pot mentioned above can sometimes be a tad tedious to wind into a hose hanger is quite a simple way to quickly loop your hose onto making the process faster and more conducive to being achieved. Hose hangers come in a vast array of designs as well from the simple upward loop holder to the animals with stylised tails to perform the same task.\n<h3><strong>Hose Reel Holder</strong></h3>\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-815\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/hose-reel.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"100\" />Probably the most useful hose holder is the hose reel. A reel offers a way for a hose to be wound up or off quite quickly and keeps the hose in its normal, accessible shape. Reels can be mounted to the side of your house or just be a free standing unit that can be unplugged when need and moved around to other sites within your garden.\n<h3></h3>\n<h3><strong>Hose Hide</strong></h3>\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-816\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/hose-hide.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"73\" />For the minimalist gardener, hiding your hose is a requirement and while the reel and the pot hose holder may be moved the thought of having a storage place in situ is far more appealing. Many can be bought and installed but for us quirky gardeners out there why not try and create one yourself. This pre-loved man-hole would makes a great addition to any garden and easily doubles as a hose hide.\n<h3><strong>Mobile Hose Reel</strong></h3>\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-817\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/mobile-hose-reel.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"67\" />For those gardeners wanting a hose holder that’s a little more mobile then buying a holder with wheels is probably your best bet. However, if your wanting to be a little different, and show off some of your creative flair, then try working with resources that may perform the job just as well – but possibly cheaper. This old fire cart may be the perfect mobile hose storage if your garden was big enough and easily transported around your yard.\n<h3><strong>Concealed Hose Storage</strong></h3>\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-818\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/hidden-hose-storage.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"48\" />While I’ve already mentioned the hose hide this usually conceals the hose underground. There are, however, ways to store them vertically – like in the inside of the wall or via a wall mounted storage box. The benefit of this method over the underground hide is that there is less chance of the hose rotting over time. It is usually hidden from the elements while the underground hide may be more exposed to rain runoff and other problems.\n<h3><strong>Fire Hydrant Hose Holder</strong></h3>\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-819\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/fire-hydrant-hose-holder.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"153\" />Finally, if none of the previously mentioned hose holders tickle your fancy then maybe you’re quirky enough to find something completely individual. This old fire hydrant offers a great piece of whimsy for the garden plus allows you to wrap your hose around it, or over it, and doubles as a very practical hose holder.\n<div></div>\nChoosing a hose holder is usually a discussion on practicalities, and while there are some points to consider why not have some fun with it at the same time.', 'Seven Neat Garden Hose Holders', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '812-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:02:13', '2021-11-04 16:02:13', '', 812, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=821', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(822, 1, '2009-09-29 12:02:00', '2009-09-29 16:02:00', 'This must be one of the most wonderful gardening inventions that we’ve seen in a long time! The Garden Hopper, also affectionately called the Lawn Buddy, Garden Scooter or mobile gardening stool, is one of those products that easily capture the imagination of the public because it has such a practical use.\n\nBefore the garden hopper was created, gardeners who suffered from a bad back, sore knees or general physical fatigue had to rely on kneeling mats or other contraptions to permit them some enjoyment in their yard. These products were ok but they required moving each time another part of the garden beckoned. The gardener would then have to traverse their way back to a standing position, move the mat and then try to kneel again. Once is fine, twice is manageable but three or more times and you can shove your mat….you get the idea!\n\nCreated by <a href=\"http://www.step2.com/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">Step2</a>, notably renowned for their children’s toys, the garden hopper is sheer genius. Basically it’s a seat on wheels. A mobile workstation, if you will, that trundles around the garden while the gardener remains firmly seated on its work seat. It allows the gardener to propel themselves with ease while being able to be close enough to the action.\n\nThis rolling garden workseat<img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B00004W430\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> also has space for your all your hand tools, a molded spot for your cold drink and a handy carry lever. The only drawback is teaching your kids, or your grand-kids, that it’s not a toy but a delicate piece of machinery crafted precisely for grandma’s every whim.\n\nThe only downside of the garden hopper is that it doesn’t seem to offer a handbrake of any sort. While this may be superfluous scooting around in long grass, for those who container garden on the back of the paved patio it will become a necessity. If you struggle to get back to your feet from a normal chair then trying to cope with this much lower seat – on wheels – is a disaster waiting to happen.\n\nApart from that little oversight, the garden hopper is a modern day wonder. It’s durable plastic construction won’t become brittle if left outdoors, shouldn’t fade – too quickly – and with only four wheels as its moving parts will keep you careering ’round your yard for many years to come.', 'The Garden Hopper – Scooting ‘Round Your Yard', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'garden-hopper-scooter-work-seat', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:07:29', '2021-11-04 16:07:29', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=822', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(823, 1, '2021-11-04 12:05:30', '2021-11-04 16:05:30', 'This must be one of the most wonderful gardening inventions that we’ve seen in a long time! The Garden Hopper, also affectionately called the Lawn Buddy, Garden Scooter or mobile gardening stool, is one of those products that easily capture the imagination of the public because it has such a practical use.\n\nBefore the garden hopper was created, gardeners who suffered from a bad back, sore knees or general physical fatigue had to rely on kneeling mats or other contraptions to permit them some enjoyment in their yard. These products were ok but they required moving each time another part of the garden beckoned. The gardener would then have to traverse their way back to a standing position, move the mat and then try to kneel again. Once is fine, twice is manageable but three or more times and you can shove your mat….you get the idea!\n\nCreated by <a href=\"http://www.step2.com/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">Step2</a>, notably renowned for their children’s toys, the garden hopper is sheer genius. Basically it’s a seat on wheels. A mobile workstation, if you will, that trundles around the garden while the gardener remains firmly seated on its work seat. It allows the gardener to propel themselves with ease while being able to be close enough to the action.\n\nThis rolling garden workseat<img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B00004W430\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> also has space for your all your hand tools, a molded spot for your cold drink and a handy carry lever. The only drawback is teaching your kids, or your grand-kids, that it’s not a toy but a delicate piece of machinery crafted precisely for grandma’s every whim.\n\nThe only downside of the garden hopper is that it doesn’t seem to offer a handbrake of any sort. While this may be superfluous scooting around in long grass, for those who container garden on the back of the paved patio it will become a necessity. If you struggle to get back to your feet from a normal chair then trying to cope with this much lower seat – on wheels – is a disaster waiting to happen.\n\nApart from that little oversight, the garden hopper is a modern day wonder. It’s durable plastic construction won’t become brittle if left outdoors, shouldn’t fade – too quickly – and with only four wheels as its moving parts will keep you careering ’round your yard for many years to come.', 'The Garden Hopper – Scooting ‘Round Your Yard', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '822-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:05:30', '2021-11-04 16:05:30', '', 822, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=823', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(825, 1, '2021-11-04 12:07:19', '2021-11-04 16:07:19', '', 'garden-hopper-scooter', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'garden-hopper-scooter', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:07:23', '2021-11-04 16:07:23', '', 822, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/09/garden-hopper-scooter.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(826, 1, '2009-09-23 12:08:00', '2009-09-23 16:08:00', 'For those gardeners who can’t exist without a power tool to do the menial tasks, I’m guessing that a vacuum blower takes pride of place in the tool shed? And “Yes”, I’m just as guilty. Yet compared to the alternatives – sweeping with a broom or wasting water washing your paths and driveway – it’s a no-brainer to have one on hand.\n\nApart from the noise, and they are noisy, blowers have one major fault – they’re heavy. Especially blower vacs which collect the rubbish at the same time. After a few minutes trying to graciously balance one of these machines at the end of your arm while fighting the G-Forces that it produces certainly takes a toll on the old muscle structure. Which makes sense for manufacturers to develop the backpack blower.\n\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-827\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/backpack-blower.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"160\" height=\"83\" />Backpack blowers aren’t anything radically new except that they shift the bulk of the weight from your arms and lets it rest upon your back – much like a hiking backpack. Instead of ending up with one lopsided ‘Pop-eye’ forearm the weight is better distributed over your whole body allowing you to achieve even more of those garden cleaning chores.\n\nAnother advantage of the backpack blower over the standard model is that it enables vertically-challenged gardeners use of this tool as well. Often I’ve tried to encourage my children to use the blower – the next step in laziness from having every tool automated – only to discover that due to their limited height they can’t get the blower at the correct height to actually blow.\n\nIf you’re planning to buy a backpack blower then you need to know that not all blowers are created equal. A home backpack blower usually retails for between $150 – $250 and offers an engine with a capacity between 25-35cc’s. You can buy reconditioned models for under $100 but they are usually at the budget end of the range with very few options.\n\nFor the home gardener who feels that 35cc’s just isn’t going to cut it you can opt for a commercial grade blower which range from 40-75cc engines and costing anywhere between $300 – 1300. Obviously the more grunt you get the more gas it chews through and in most cases the higher the decibels it produces – but it should get the job done a lot quicker.\n\nMy one objection to the backpack blower is that it doesn’t seem that manufacturers have created, nor will they, a blower/vac backpack. While blowing rubbish around the yard is useful it would be far more practical if they could collect this at the same time. The refuse could be added to the compost heap if mainly organic matter or discarded into the waste bin if not. Otherwise it seems that the rubbish is merely being pushed around rather than managed.\nYet, regardless of this one drawback when the backpack blower is compared to its predecessor it really stacks up. Power, weight distribution, price – it all amounts to one very useful tool to hang in the garden shed.', 'Backpack Blowers | Why Not Just Buy any Blower?', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'getting-a-backpack-blowe', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:10:47', '2021-11-04 16:10:47', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=826', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(827, 1, '2021-11-04 12:10:05', '2021-11-04 16:10:05', '', 'backpack-blower', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'backpack-blower', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:10:05', '2021-11-04 16:10:05', '', 826, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/backpack-blower.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(828, 1, '2021-11-04 12:10:26', '2021-11-04 16:10:26', 'For those gardeners who can’t exist without a power tool to do the menial tasks, I’m guessing that a vacuum blower takes pride of place in the tool shed? And “Yes”, I’m just as guilty. Yet compared to the alternatives – sweeping with a broom or wasting water washing your paths and driveway – it’s a no-brainer to have one on hand.\n\nApart from the noise, and they are noisy, blowers have one major fault – they’re heavy. Especially blower vacs which collect the rubbish at the same time. After a few minutes trying to graciously balance one of these machines at the end of your arm while fighting the G-Forces that it produces certainly takes a toll on the old muscle structure. Which makes sense for manufacturers to develop the backpack blower.\n\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-827\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/backpack-blower.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"160\" height=\"83\" />Backpack blowers aren’t anything radically new except that they shift the bulk of the weight from your arms and lets it rest upon your back – much like a hiking backpack. Instead of ending up with one lopsided ‘Pop-eye’ forearm the weight is better distributed over your whole body allowing you to achieve even more of those garden cleaning chores.\n\nAnother advantage of the backpack blower over the standard model is that it enables vertically-challenged gardeners use of this tool as well. Often I’ve tried to encourage my children to use the blower – the next step in laziness from having every tool automated – only to discover that due to their limited height they can’t get the blower at the correct height to actually blow.\n\nIf you’re planning to buy a backpack blower then you need to know that not all blowers are created equal. A home backpack blower usually retails for between $150 – $250 and offers an engine with a capacity between 25-35cc’s. You can buy reconditioned models for under $100 but they are usually at the budget end of the range with very few options.\n\nFor the home gardener who feels that 35cc’s just isn’t going to cut it you can opt for a commercial grade blower which range from 40-75cc engines and costing anywhere between $300 – 1300. Obviously the more grunt you get the more gas it chews through and in most cases the higher the decibels it produces – but it should get the job done a lot quicker.\n\nMy one objection to the backpack blower is that it doesn’t seem that manufacturers have created, nor will they, a blower/vac backpack. While blowing rubbish around the yard is useful it would be far more practical if they could collect this at the same time. The refuse could be added to the compost heap if mainly organic matter or discarded into the waste bin if not. Otherwise it seems that the rubbish is merely being pushed around rather than managed.\nYet, regardless of this one drawback when the backpack blower is compared to its predecessor it really stacks up. Power, weight distribution, price – it all amounts to one very useful tool to hang in the garden shed.', 'Backpack Blowers | Why Not Just Buy any Blower?', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '826-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:10:26', '2021-11-04 16:10:26', '', 826, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=828', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(829, 1, '2009-09-15 12:11:00', '2009-09-15 16:11:00', 'Gardening makes a lot of demands on your body – especially your back. And if you’re a container gardener having to move garden pots around the yard then you know that lifting them can exert excessive force on your spine and back muscles. Which is the reason why the Potmover makes sense.\nPot movers are basically a glorified trolley but they add one more dimension that your standard hand truck doesn’t – it grips the pot at the same time. This allows you to concentrate on levering the pot and keeping it balanced as you move it around your garden.\n\nLike most garden tools the pot mover does have at least drawback – they are often fitted with non-pneumatic tyres. Obviously this keeps the price down but restricts it’s usage to paved areas only. Start trekking your pots across the lawn or soil and you’ll soon discover that it’s not made for such a task. However, it is its only non-redeeming feature.\n\nBut a pot mover isn’t the only option available for container gardeners. If you have access to another person; be it a spouse, partner, older child or a neighbour who enjoys helping you re-arrange your garden you could try a pot lifter<img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B002ECFFJ8\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" />. Where the pot mover failed due to its cheap plastic wheels, the pot lifter – with the help of an able-bodied other – can help you traverse almost any terrain to reposition your pots.\n\nThe pot lifter can easily carry up to 220lbs (100kg) between two people – provided you can both carry 50kg each.\n\nWhether it’s a pot mover caddy or a pot lifter you now have options when it comes to rearranging your container plants. One of the drawbacks with most of the larger pots, and the reason why many gardeners steered away from them, was the inability to move them when full. In the past gardeners had to choose the position before planting out and then live with the outcome regardless.\n\nFortunately, this is no longer the case.', 'Potmover – The Pot Mover', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'potmover-the-pot-mover', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:12:58', '2021-11-04 16:12:58', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=829', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(830, 1, '2021-11-04 12:12:57', '2021-11-04 16:12:57', 'Gardening makes a lot of demands on your body – especially your back. And if you’re a container gardener having to move garden pots around the yard then you know that lifting them can exert excessive force on your spine and back muscles. Which is the reason why the Potmover makes sense.\nPot movers are basically a glorified trolley but they add one more dimension that your standard hand truck doesn’t – it grips the pot at the same time. This allows you to concentrate on levering the pot and keeping it balanced as you move it around your garden.\n\nLike most garden tools the pot mover does have at least drawback – they are often fitted with non-pneumatic tyres. Obviously this keeps the price down but restricts it’s usage to paved areas only. Start trekking your pots across the lawn or soil and you’ll soon discover that it’s not made for such a task. However, it is its only non-redeeming feature.\n\nBut a pot mover isn’t the only option available for container gardeners. If you have access to another person; be it a spouse, partner, older child or a neighbour who enjoys helping you re-arrange your garden you could try a pot lifter<img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B002ECFFJ8\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" />. Where the pot mover failed due to its cheap plastic wheels, the pot lifter – with the help of an able-bodied other – can help you traverse almost any terrain to reposition your pots.\n\nThe pot lifter can easily carry up to 220lbs (100kg) between two people – provided you can both carry 50kg each.\n\nWhether it’s a pot mover caddy or a pot lifter you now have options when it comes to rearranging your container plants. One of the drawbacks with most of the larger pots, and the reason why many gardeners steered away from them, was the inability to move them when full. In the past gardeners had to choose the position before planting out and then live with the outcome regardless.\n\nFortunately, this is no longer the case.', 'Potmover – The Pot Mover', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '829-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:12:57', '2021-11-04 16:12:57', '', 829, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=830', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(831, 1, '2009-08-26 12:13:00', '2009-08-26 16:13:00', 'Finally, Bunnings will have a new competitor. Lowe’s Hardware, in conjunction with Woolworths, have bought their way into the Australian market and will be operating with 150 stores over the next 5 years. The first one to open will be in 2011.\n\nIt’s an interesting development in the Oz home and garden market because Bunnings have had it all their own way for far too long. Their stores appeal to men more than women while Lowe’s are more appealing to the female market.\n\nAs part of the deal, Lowe’s and Woolworths will gobble up Danks and their current brands: Home Hardware, Plants Plus and Thrifty-Link Hardware. As to whether any of these household names will continue operating under their current trading titles is anyone’s guess, but regardless this sets up some formidable competition for Bunnings and will seemingly force Mitre-10 into third place.\n\nIs this good news for gardeners? No, not really. As these stores become larger they seem to wipe out the competition of little players. Traditional consumers of smaller nurseries are migrating to these big-box outlets because of convenience. Unfortunately, convenience is the murderer of creativity and same plants and limited mass options are going to continue as the order of the day.\n\nThe onset of Lowe’s hardware stores into the Australian market will only compound the issue that big is seemingly best. Yet, as gardeners we know that diversity is best and it’s a commodity that’s becoming rarer.', 'Lowe’s: Coming to an Australian backyard near you', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'lowes-hardware-store-australia', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:16:20', '2021-11-04 16:16:20', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=831', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(832, 1, '2021-11-04 12:15:07', '2021-11-04 16:15:07', '', 'lowes-hardware-store', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'lowes-hardware-store', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:15:12', '2021-11-04 16:15:12', '', 831, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/lowes-hardware-store.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(833, 1, '2021-11-04 12:15:57', '2021-11-04 16:15:57', 'Finally, Bunnings will have a new competitor. Lowe’s Hardware, in conjunction with Woolworths, have bought their way into the Australian market and will be operating with 150 stores over the next 5 years. The first one to open will be in 2011.\n\nIt’s an interesting development in the Oz home and garden market because Bunnings have had it all their own way for far too long. Their stores appeal to men more than women while Lowe’s are more appealing to the female market.\n\nAs part of the deal, Lowe’s and Woolworths will gobble up Danks and their current brands: Home Hardware, Plants Plus and Thrifty-Link Hardware. As to whether any of these household names will continue operating under their current trading titles is anyone’s guess, but regardless this sets up some formidable competition for Bunnings and will seemingly force Mitre-10 into third place.\n\nIs this good news for gardeners? No, not really. As these stores become larger they seem to wipe out the competition of little players. Traditional consumers of smaller nurseries are migrating to these big-box outlets because of convenience. Unfortunately, convenience is the murderer of creativity and same plants and limited mass options are going to continue as the order of the day.\n\nThe onset of Lowe’s hardware stores into the Australian market will only compound the issue that big is seemingly best. Yet, as gardeners we know that diversity is best and it’s a commodity that’s becoming rarer.', 'Lowe’s: Coming to an Australian backyard near you', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '831-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:15:57', '2021-11-04 16:15:57', '', 831, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=833', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(834, 1, '2009-07-01 12:16:00', '2009-07-01 16:16:00', '<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-835\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/spading-fork-garden.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"34\" height=\"160\" />The term “spading fork” and “garden fork” seem to be interchangeable in most gardener’s minds. However, there are two main types of garden fork; the hay fork (pitchfork) and the much stronger spading fork. Using either for the wrong job will cause some serious problems – both for you, and your fork.\n\nHay forks are useful predominantly for their name-sake: hay. They’re lightweight, usually sport a much longer shaft and often don’t offer a D-handle at the operating end. They are a great tool for gardeners when distributing straw mulch, picking up piles of leaves or shovelling new material into the compost heap.\n\nBut that’s about where their usefulness ends.\n\nThe spading fork<img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B0001MII38\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" />, on the other hand, is terrifically robust with flattened tines to create a spade effect, a much shorter shaft and a D-handle to help maneouvre it through your gardening chores. This tool, in the hands of an avid gardener, can weave magic through so many garden tasks that to not have one would be almost unthinkable.\n\nThe <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/basic-gardening-tools-the-garden-fork/\">garden fork</a> has possibly more uses than your yard spade and I can assure you will come out of the shed more often than it as well. So, when selecting a spading fork that’s going to last the distance there are a few things to take into consideration.\n\nThe first one is the shaft. Some are constructed using soft or hardwood timbers. Others swear by fibreglass and there are even a few steel options kicking around today as well. My advice, for what it’s worth, is to steer clear of soft timber shafts and fibreglass ones as well. The hardwood timbers are less likely to shatter compared to their softer, less durable, counterparts yet they’re better at absorbing shock than the fibreglass forks. Stainless steel is a great option if you’re looking for something that’s going to last a lifetime as it doesn’t rust nor corrode and won’t break.\n\nThe tines are the next important place to consider. The distance apart and the length of the tines are paramount and should be overviewed with the quality of the steel used to manufacture it. If the tines are hollow it offers a much lighter spading fork but the chances of it buckling on a stone or corroding from the inside is increased. If they’re solid tines then expect to be building some muscles over time but at least they will last the distance.\n\nThe final consideration is the handle. It should be ergonomically well-fitting plus it should be joined well to the shaft. Many of the cheaper spading forks have a single rivet holding the handle to the shaft and over time these can loosen and make your fork downright annoying to use. Opt for a handle that is precast or welded – yes plastic can be welded – to the shaft and seems rigid enough to stay secure.\n\nOnce you’ve chosen a spading fork for your requirements then the next trick is maintaining it so that it does last. Keeping it out of the elements, cleaning it after use and hanging it off the floor in the off-season will go a long way to sustaining its useful life.', 'Spading Fork | Choosing the Right Garden Fork', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'spading-fork-choosing-the-right-garden-fork', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:21:45', '2021-11-04 16:21:45', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=834', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(835, 1, '2021-11-04 12:18:22', '2021-11-04 16:18:22', '', 'spading-fork-garden', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'spading-fork-garden', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:18:22', '2021-11-04 16:18:22', '', 834, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/spading-fork-garden.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(836, 1, '2021-11-04 12:18:44', '2021-11-04 16:18:44', '<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-835\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/spading-fork-garden.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"34\" height=\"160\" />The term “spading fork” and “garden fork” seem to be interchangeable in most gardener’s minds. However, there are two main types of garden fork; the hay fork (pitchfork) and the much stronger spading fork. Using either for the wrong job will cause some serious problems – both for you, and your fork.\nHay forks are useful predominantly for their name-sake: hay. They’re lightweight, usually sport a much longer shaft and often don’t offer a D-handle at the operating end. They are a great tool for gardeners when distributing straw mulch, picking up piles of leaves or shovelling new material into the compost heap.\n\nBut that’s about where their usefulness ends.\n\nThe spading fork<img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B0001MII38\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" />, on the other hand, is terrifically robust with flattened tines to create a spade effect, a much shorter shaft and a D-handle to help maneouvre it through your gardening chores. This tool, in the hands of an avid gardener, can weave magic through so many garden tasks that to not have one would be almost unthinkable.\n\nThe <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2007/09/basic_gardening_tools_the_garden_fork.html\">garden fork</a> has possibly more uses than your yard spade and I can assure you will come out of the shed more often than it as well. So, when selecting a spading fork that’s going to last the distance there are a few things to take into consideration.\n\nThe first one is the shaft. Some are constructed using soft or hardwood timbers. Others swear by fibreglass and there are even a few steel options kicking around today as well. My advice, for what it’s worth, is to steer clear of soft timber shafts and fibreglass ones as well. The hardwood timbers are less likely to shatter compared to their softer, less durable, counterparts yet they’re better at absorbing shock than the fibreglass forks. Stainless steel is a great option if you’re looking for something that’s going to last a lifetime as it doesn’t rust nor corrode and won’t break.\n\nThe tines are the next important place to consider. The distance apart and the length of the tines are paramount and should be overviewed with the quality of the steel used to manufacture it. If the tines are hollow it offers a much lighter spading fork but the chances of it buckling on a stone or corroding from the inside is increased. If they’re solid tines then expect to be building some muscles over time but at least they will last the distance.\n\nThe final consideration is the handle. It should be ergonomically well-fitting plus it should be joined well to the shaft. Many of the cheaper spading forks have a single rivet holding the handle to the shaft and over time these can loosen and make your fork downright annoying to use. Opt for a handle that is precast or welded – yes plastic can be welded – to the shaft and seems rigid enough to stay secure.\n\nOnce you’ve chosen a spading fork for your requirements then the next trick is maintaining it so that it does last. Keeping it out of the elements, cleaning it after use and hanging it off the floor in the off-season will go a long way to sustaining its useful life.', 'Spading Fork | Choosing the Right Garden Fork', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '834-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:18:44', '2021-11-04 16:18:44', '', 834, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=836', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(837, 1, '2007-09-20 12:19:00', '2007-09-20 16:19:00', 'The garden fork is one of the most important tools one could have living in their shed. Apart from the pick it’s probably the first tool we grab when the job requires a little more grunt. It’s multiple pronged action can loosen soil with minimal damage to plant roots; aerate the compost heap; and, divide those clumping perennials without too much fuss.\n\nMost of us gardeners would have at least one garden fork in our arsenal, and some would have a few more. But is it essential to even have one?\n\nThe answer can only be given based on the type of gardening you enjoy. If you live in an apartment and your garden consists of a small balcony then a digging fork is possibly not required. And, if your compost heap resides within a tumbler or composter then, again, it’s most likely not going to be needed.\n\nBut, if you dig in soil then one of these babies is a must-have gardening tool.\n<h3>What jobs are garden forks used for?</h3>\nHere’s a list of possible tasks that a garden fork would be useful for;\n<ol>\n 	<li>Turning the compost heap</li>\n 	<li>Dividing clumping plants</li>\n 	<li>Aerating the soil</li>\n 	<li>Sifting the soil for small rocks</li>\n 	<li>Breaking up clay soils</li>\n 	<li>Aerating lawns</li>\n 	<li>Dispersing mulch and composts</li>\n 	<li>Digging up bulbs</li>\n 	<li>Leveraging small tree rootballs when transplanting</li>\n</ol>\n<h3>What to look for when buying a garden fork</h3>\nThere are just as many opinions as to what constitutes a good garden fork as there are garden forks available. The key things to keep in mind when buying a garden fork is for what purpose will your garden fork play in your garden.\n\nIf your soil is fairly loose and friable then most garden forks will probably suit your purposes. However, if your garden beds are filled with rocks or bound with clay then choosing a more heavy duty garden fork would be a better option.\n\nLook for these things;\n<ol>\n 	<li><strong>Number of tines</strong> – a good garden fork should have 4 rather than 3 tines.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Tine spacing</strong> – the closer the tines are together the stronger the garden fork will be.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Tine rigidity</strong> – if the tines on the fork are flexible and show some movement then it indicates how weak the metal is that has been used. Fork tines should be rigid and won’t bend with the first rock they come in contact with.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Shaft Material</strong> – the garden fork shaft can be made of many different materials and the strongest are in this order: fibreglass, stainless steel, steel, wood and poly-propylene. The beauty with fibreglass as opposed to other materials is its ability to resist shock making it easier on your body to use.</li>\n 	<li><strong>D-Handle</strong> – the d-handle should be crafted from rigid materials as well. Often, poly-propylene is used in the manufacture of garden forks and this is due again to softening the shock when a hard object is struck but also because it is more durable.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Multiple material construction</strong> – while a single stainless steel gardening fork may look incredible and last you a lifetime it really pales in usability against a garden fork with steel tines, fibreglass shaft and poly-prop d-handle.</li>\n</ol>\n<h3>Types of garden fork</h3>\n<strong>Standard Garden Fork</strong> – This is just your standard run-of-the-mill garden fork. Nothing fancy it just does its job and doesn’t complain about it.\n<strong>Border Fork</strong> – a border fork differs from the standard model by sporting a flattened tine head. Its purpose is to get into those difficult border plantings without ripping up all your plants.\n\n<strong>Trowel Fork</strong> – a Chelsea Fork<img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000MR3S0A\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> <em>(aff.)</em> is really a garden fork for container gardeners. Its purpose is similar but is used on a much smaller scale.\n\n<strong>Digging Fork</strong> – A digging fork isn’t too dissimilar to your standard fork and possibly the only difference is semantical. However, when you see a fork advertised as a digging fork you should be able to identify with the strength of the product being more superior than the standard and therefore it being a little more expensive.\n\n<strong>Pitchfork</strong> – while not technically a garden fork, the pitchfork is very rarely used these days. Its purpose was to throw hay or straw to cattle but is now relinquished to the yesteryear relic pile.\n<h3>How much should you spend on a garden fork?</h3>\nThis question needs to be answered by two more questions: How long do you plan to keep it for? and what level of service is your garden fork likely to see?\nIf you only bring your garden fork out once or twice every season and use it for light jobs then buying a standard Ames True Spading Fork <img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B00004S1R9\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> <em>(aff.)</em> would be completely suitable. Otherwise an <a href=\"https://amzn.to/3BRNCZ2\">Ampco Garden Fork with Fibreglass Shaft</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B0007WZ290\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> <em>(aff.)</em> that retails for more than $350 and carries a lifetime warranty may be a better suit.\n\nThe adage, “You get what you pay for” is certainly true with any garden tool.', 'Basic Gardening Tools: The Garden Fork', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'basic-gardening-tools-the-garden-fork', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:21:29', '2021-11-04 16:21:29', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=837', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(838, 1, '2021-11-04 12:21:27', '2021-11-04 16:21:27', 'The garden fork is one of the most important tools one could have living in their shed. Apart from the pick it’s probably the first tool we grab when the job requires a little more grunt. It’s multiple pronged action can loosen soil with minimal damage to plant roots; aerate the compost heap; and, divide those clumping perennials without too much fuss.\n\nMost of us gardeners would have at least one garden fork in our arsenal, and some would have a few more. But is it essential to even have one?\n\nThe answer can only be given based on the type of gardening you enjoy. If you live in an apartment and your garden consists of a small balcony then a digging fork is possibly not required. And, if your compost heap resides within a tumbler or composter then, again, it’s most likely not going to be needed.\n\nBut, if you dig in soil then one of these babies is a must-have gardening tool.\n<h3>What jobs are garden forks used for?</h3>\nHere’s a list of possible tasks that a garden fork would be useful for;\n<ol>\n 	<li>Turning the compost heap</li>\n 	<li>Dividing clumping plants</li>\n 	<li>Aerating the soil</li>\n 	<li>Sifting the soil for small rocks</li>\n 	<li>Breaking up clay soils</li>\n 	<li>Aerating lawns</li>\n 	<li>Dispersing mulch and composts</li>\n 	<li>Digging up bulbs</li>\n 	<li>Leveraging small tree rootballs when transplanting</li>\n</ol>\n<h3>What to look for when buying a garden fork</h3>\nThere are just as many opinions as to what constitutes a good garden fork as there are garden forks available. The key things to keep in mind when buying a garden fork is for what purpose will your garden fork play in your garden.\n\nIf your soil is fairly loose and friable then most garden forks will probably suit your purposes. However, if your garden beds are filled with rocks or bound with clay then choosing a more heavy duty garden fork would be a better option.\n\nLook for these things;\n<ol>\n 	<li><strong>Number of tines</strong> – a good garden fork should have 4 rather than 3 tines.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Tine spacing</strong> – the closer the tines are together the stronger the garden fork will be.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Tine rigidity</strong> – if the tines on the fork are flexible and show some movement then it indicates how weak the metal is that has been used. Fork tines should be rigid and won’t bend with the first rock they come in contact with.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Shaft Material</strong> – the garden fork shaft can be made of many different materials and the strongest are in this order: fibreglass, stainless steel, steel, wood and poly-propylene. The beauty with fibreglass as opposed to other materials is its ability to resist shock making it easier on your body to use.</li>\n 	<li><strong>D-Handle</strong> – the d-handle should be crafted from rigid materials as well. Often, poly-propylene is used in the manufacture of garden forks and this is due again to softening the shock when a hard object is struck but also because it is more durable.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Multiple material construction</strong> – while a single stainless steel gardening fork may look incredible and last you a lifetime it really pales in usability against a garden fork with steel tines, fibreglass shaft and poly-prop d-handle.</li>\n</ol>\n<h3>Types of garden fork</h3>\n<strong>Standard Garden Fork</strong> – This is just your standard run-of-the-mill garden fork. Nothing fancy it just does its job and doesn’t complain about it.\n<strong>Border Fork</strong> – a border fork differs from the standard model by sporting a flattened tine head. Its purpose is to get into those difficult border plantings without ripping up all your plants.\n\n<strong>Trowel Fork</strong> – a Chelsea Fork<img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000MR3S0A\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> <em>(aff.)</em> is really a garden fork for container gardeners. Its purpose is similar but is used on a much smaller scale.\n\n<strong>Digging Fork</strong> – A digging fork isn’t too dissimilar to your standard fork and possibly the only difference is semantical. However, when you see a fork advertised as a digging fork you should be able to identify with the strength of the product being more superior than the standard and therefore it being a little more expensive.\n\n<strong>Pitchfork</strong> – while not technically a garden fork, the pitchfork is very rarely used these days. Its purpose was to throw hay or straw to cattle but is now relinquished to the yesteryear relic pile.\n<h3>How much should you spend on a garden fork?</h3>\nThis question needs to be answered by two more questions: How long do you plan to keep it for? and what level of service is your garden fork likely to see?\nIf you only bring your garden fork out once or twice every season and use it for light jobs then buying a standard Ames True Spading Fork <img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B00004S1R9\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> <em>(aff.)</em> would be completely suitable. Otherwise an <a href=\"https://amzn.to/3BRNCZ2\">Ampco Garden Fork with Fibreglass Shaft</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B0007WZ290\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> <em>(aff.)</em> that retails for more than $350 and carries a lifetime warranty may be a better suit.\n\nThe adage, “You get what you pay for” is certainly true with any garden tool.', 'Basic Gardening Tools: The Garden Fork', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '837-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:21:27', '2021-11-04 16:21:27', '', 837, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=838', 0, 'revision', '', 0);
INSERT INTO `wp_posts` (`ID`, `post_author`, `post_date`, `post_date_gmt`, `post_content`, `post_title`, `post_excerpt`, `post_status`, `comment_status`, `ping_status`, `post_password`, `post_name`, `to_ping`, `pinged`, `post_modified`, `post_modified_gmt`, `post_content_filtered`, `post_parent`, `guid`, `menu_order`, `post_type`, `post_mime_type`, `comment_count`) VALUES
(839, 1, '2021-11-04 12:21:44', '2021-11-04 16:21:44', '<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-835\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/spading-fork-garden.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"34\" height=\"160\" />The term “spading fork” and “garden fork” seem to be interchangeable in most gardener’s minds. However, there are two main types of garden fork; the hay fork (pitchfork) and the much stronger spading fork. Using either for the wrong job will cause some serious problems – both for you, and your fork.\n\nHay forks are useful predominantly for their name-sake: hay. They’re lightweight, usually sport a much longer shaft and often don’t offer a D-handle at the operating end. They are a great tool for gardeners when distributing straw mulch, picking up piles of leaves or shovelling new material into the compost heap.\n\nBut that’s about where their usefulness ends.\n\nThe spading fork<img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B0001MII38\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" />, on the other hand, is terrifically robust with flattened tines to create a spade effect, a much shorter shaft and a D-handle to help maneouvre it through your gardening chores. This tool, in the hands of an avid gardener, can weave magic through so many garden tasks that to not have one would be almost unthinkable.\n\nThe <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/basic-gardening-tools-the-garden-fork/\">garden fork</a> has possibly more uses than your yard spade and I can assure you will come out of the shed more often than it as well. So, when selecting a spading fork that’s going to last the distance there are a few things to take into consideration.\n\nThe first one is the shaft. Some are constructed using soft or hardwood timbers. Others swear by fibreglass and there are even a few steel options kicking around today as well. My advice, for what it’s worth, is to steer clear of soft timber shafts and fibreglass ones as well. The hardwood timbers are less likely to shatter compared to their softer, less durable, counterparts yet they’re better at absorbing shock than the fibreglass forks. Stainless steel is a great option if you’re looking for something that’s going to last a lifetime as it doesn’t rust nor corrode and won’t break.\n\nThe tines are the next important place to consider. The distance apart and the length of the tines are paramount and should be overviewed with the quality of the steel used to manufacture it. If the tines are hollow it offers a much lighter spading fork but the chances of it buckling on a stone or corroding from the inside is increased. If they’re solid tines then expect to be building some muscles over time but at least they will last the distance.\n\nThe final consideration is the handle. It should be ergonomically well-fitting plus it should be joined well to the shaft. Many of the cheaper spading forks have a single rivet holding the handle to the shaft and over time these can loosen and make your fork downright annoying to use. Opt for a handle that is precast or welded – yes plastic can be welded – to the shaft and seems rigid enough to stay secure.\n\nOnce you’ve chosen a spading fork for your requirements then the next trick is maintaining it so that it does last. Keeping it out of the elements, cleaning it after use and hanging it off the floor in the off-season will go a long way to sustaining its useful life.', 'Spading Fork | Choosing the Right Garden Fork', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '834-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:21:44', '2021-11-04 16:21:44', '', 834, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=839', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(840, 1, '2009-06-26 12:22:00', '2009-06-26 16:22:00', 'I never quite “got” the purpose of an almanac until I took up fishing as a sideline hobby. I invested in some decent rods and reels, bought tackle on a par with the groceries and spent copious amounts of time gazing into the bay. Some days were good while others …well, they could have been spent more productively watching the grass grow.\n\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-841\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/almanac-farmer-weather.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"283\" />Needless to say, guys who fish also talk. One of my fish-story-swapping-mates decided that I needed a fishing almanac and swore that it had helped him immeasurably and that I needed one too. Not wanting to miss out on the abundance that awaited me I made sure I picked up the latest copy with my next tackle order.\n\nIt was completely fascinating. High tides, low tides, full moons, no moons and the predictive “best” time to place a rod in the water. It even told you when to stay at home and put your feet up for the fishing that day was going to be ordinary at best.\n\nAs a newbie who had just discovered some ancient key I studied it dutifully. If the almanac showed that it was a bad day, I’d stay at home. If it were good, you would find me on the end of a rod somewhere facing into the ocean.\n\nThe question you’re begging to ask is, “Did it work?” Yes, and no. Sometimes the predictions were right and sometimes they were wrong. Sometimes the fish weren’t biting even when all the stars were aligned properly, my tongue was held the correct way and the moon couldn’t have got any bigger. I even ventured out on a few of those “bad days” and caught a bundle.\n\nSo, do almanacs work then or are they just ‘baloney’?\n\nIn a strict sense of what an almanac is, it is merely a forecast of prevailing conditions. Our study of the moon phases, tides, sunrises and sets and planetary movements has led us to understand some of the basic concepts of creation and an ordered universe that is fairly predictable. These events have helped us predict the weather, fishing times, plant growing conditions and even “presumably” relationship cycles.\n\nHowever, an almanac is really just a best guess of what these events may affect. It’s like looking on the horizon and seeing a rain cloud, expecting rain, and then finding that it dissipates before it reaches you. We can make assumptions of what may occur from these events but it’s not pure science. Heck, the weather guy has a tough job forecasting what tomorrow may bring let alone what will happen over the next twelve months.\n\nWhile a farmer’s almanac may seem like the most crucial piece of gardening hardware it really is no better than a <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/copper-weathervane/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">weathervane</a> on your roof, a barometer in the shed and a calendar with the phases of the moon dispayed upon it.\n\nI know that some gardeners swear by these almanacs but I’m sure if you were to ask them to show you a record of where they worked and didn’t it would show that the almanac was not completely infallible. So, are they worth it? I think they have their place just as much as watching the weather guy try and explain his forecasts helps us plan our todays and tomorrows. But, I wouldn’t let them control what I do, and don’t do, in the garden.', 'What is an Almanac?', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'what-is-an-almanac', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:24:44', '2021-11-04 16:24:44', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=840', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(841, 1, '2021-11-04 12:23:56', '2021-11-04 16:23:56', '', 'almanac-farmer-weather', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'almanac-farmer-weather', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:23:56', '2021-11-04 16:23:56', '', 840, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/almanac-farmer-weather.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(842, 1, '2021-11-04 12:24:16', '2021-11-04 16:24:16', 'I never quite “got” the purpose of an almanac until I took up fishing as a sideline hobby. I invested in some decent rods and reels, bought tackle on a par with the groceries and spent copious amounts of time gazing into the bay. Some days were good while others …well, they could have been spent more productively watching the grass grow.\n\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-841\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/almanac-farmer-weather.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"283\" />Needless to say, guys who fish also talk. One of my fish-story-swapping-mates decided that I needed a fishing almanac and swore that it had helped him immeasurably and that I needed one too. Not wanting to miss out on the abundance that awaited me I made sure I picked up the latest copy with my next tackle order.\n\nIt was completely fascinating. High tides, low tides, full moons, no moons and the predictive “best” time to place a rod in the water. It even told you when to stay at home and put your feet up for the fishing that day was going to be ordinary at best.\n\nAs a newbie who had just discovered some ancient key I studied it dutifully. If the almanac showed that it was a bad day, I’d stay at home. If it were good, you would find me on the end of a rod somewhere facing into the ocean.\n\nThe question you’re begging to ask is, “Did it work?” Yes, and no. Sometimes the predictions were right and sometimes they were wrong. Sometimes the fish weren’t biting even when all the stars were aligned properly, my tongue was held the correct way and the moon couldn’t have got any bigger. I even ventured out on a few of those “bad days” and caught a bundle.\n\nSo, do almanacs work then or are they just ‘baloney’?\n\nIn a strict sense of what an almanac is, it is merely a forecast of prevailing conditions. Our study of the moon phases, tides, sunrises and sets and planetary movements has led us to understand some of the basic concepts of creation and an ordered universe that is fairly predictable. These events have helped us predict the weather, fishing times, plant growing conditions and even “presumably” relationship cycles.\n\nHowever, an almanac is really just a best guess of what these events may affect. It’s like looking on the horizon and seeing a rain cloud, expecting rain, and then finding that it dissipates before it reaches you. We can make assumptions of what may occur from these events but it’s not pure science. Heck, the weather guy has a tough job forecasting what tomorrow may bring let alone what will happen over the next twelve months.\n\nWhile a farmer’s almanac may seem like the most crucial piece of gardening hardware it really is no better than a <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/05/copper_weathervanes.html\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">weathervane</a> on your roof, a barometer in the shed and a calendar with the phases of the moon dispayed upon it.\n\nI know that some gardeners swear by these almanacs but I’m sure if you were to ask them to show you a record of where they worked and didn’t it would show that the almanac was not completely infallible. So, are they worth it? I think they have their place just as much as watching the weather guy try and explain his forecasts helps us plan our todays and tomorrows. But, I wouldn’t let them control what I do, and don’t do, in the garden.', 'What is an Almanac?', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '840-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:24:16', '2021-11-04 16:24:16', '', 840, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=842', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(843, 1, '2021-11-04 12:24:42', '2021-11-04 16:24:42', 'I never quite “got” the purpose of an almanac until I took up fishing as a sideline hobby. I invested in some decent rods and reels, bought tackle on a par with the groceries and spent copious amounts of time gazing into the bay. Some days were good while others …well, they could have been spent more productively watching the grass grow.\n\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-841\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/almanac-farmer-weather.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"283\" />Needless to say, guys who fish also talk. One of my fish-story-swapping-mates decided that I needed a fishing almanac and swore that it had helped him immeasurably and that I needed one too. Not wanting to miss out on the abundance that awaited me I made sure I picked up the latest copy with my next tackle order.\n\nIt was completely fascinating. High tides, low tides, full moons, no moons and the predictive “best” time to place a rod in the water. It even told you when to stay at home and put your feet up for the fishing that day was going to be ordinary at best.\n\nAs a newbie who had just discovered some ancient key I studied it dutifully. If the almanac showed that it was a bad day, I’d stay at home. If it were good, you would find me on the end of a rod somewhere facing into the ocean.\n\nThe question you’re begging to ask is, “Did it work?” Yes, and no. Sometimes the predictions were right and sometimes they were wrong. Sometimes the fish weren’t biting even when all the stars were aligned properly, my tongue was held the correct way and the moon couldn’t have got any bigger. I even ventured out on a few of those “bad days” and caught a bundle.\n\nSo, do almanacs work then or are they just ‘baloney’?\n\nIn a strict sense of what an almanac is, it is merely a forecast of prevailing conditions. Our study of the moon phases, tides, sunrises and sets and planetary movements has led us to understand some of the basic concepts of creation and an ordered universe that is fairly predictable. These events have helped us predict the weather, fishing times, plant growing conditions and even “presumably” relationship cycles.\n\nHowever, an almanac is really just a best guess of what these events may affect. It’s like looking on the horizon and seeing a rain cloud, expecting rain, and then finding that it dissipates before it reaches you. We can make assumptions of what may occur from these events but it’s not pure science. Heck, the weather guy has a tough job forecasting what tomorrow may bring let alone what will happen over the next twelve months.\n\nWhile a farmer’s almanac may seem like the most crucial piece of gardening hardware it really is no better than a <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/copper-weathervane/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">weathervane</a> on your roof, a barometer in the shed and a calendar with the phases of the moon dispayed upon it.\n\nI know that some gardeners swear by these almanacs but I’m sure if you were to ask them to show you a record of where they worked and didn’t it would show that the almanac was not completely infallible. So, are they worth it? I think they have their place just as much as watching the weather guy try and explain his forecasts helps us plan our todays and tomorrows. But, I wouldn’t let them control what I do, and don’t do, in the garden.', 'What is an Almanac?', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '840-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:24:42', '2021-11-04 16:24:42', '', 840, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=843', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(844, 1, '2009-06-05 12:25:00', '2009-06-05 16:25:00', 'The humble garden hedge trimmer has come a long way since serfs shaped their <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/how-to-grow-a-privet-hedge/\">privet hedges</a> with a pair of oversized scissors. Even in that department the tools have adapted over the years and <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/tips-on-selecting-garden-shears/\">garden shears</a> have morphed into something quite indistinguishable. Their ergonomic handles, self-sharpening blades and power-lever cutting action takes all the effort out of pruning hedges these days. But, if that wasn\'t enough then came the advent of the power-tool generation where every tool had to come equipped with a motor - we\'re still waiting for Felco to power up their F-9\'s. The laborious job of hedge trimming was transformed into a sculptors dream when the new shears on the block took centre stage.\n\nThey first came in the form of a Gas Powered Hedge Trimmer <img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B0015Z5N7Y\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> <em>(aff.)</em> but have now started being manufactured as electric as well. While the electric versions are cheaper, and well within most budgets, they have their own set of cons as well.\n\nPrimarily the biggest problem with an electric hedge trimmer is it\'s mobility. If you have a larger than normal block size then trying to maneouvre your trimmer around it will send you off for some psychaitric counselling when you\'ve finished. These trimmers are made for smaller suburban blocks, or units, where a power cord can easily traverse the terrain.\n\nFor those of us with larger properties the only way to go is a petrol hedge trimmer. As they don\'t require to be plugged in anywhere their mobility is greatly increased.\n\n<strong>Tips on buying a petrol hedge trimmer</strong>\n<ol>\n 	<li><strong>Size of the blade </strong>- most home trimmers offer a range of 19-22 inch blades. This is a useful size for most home hedges and means that the machine won\'t be too heavy to handle. Commercial models, or those that you may need for larger hedges, offer up to 30\" blades. The more expensive versions offer dual reciprocating blades - meaning that you get two cuts with every action - while the cheaper options only offer a single action blade.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Size of the engine</strong> - obviously, these size of the engine needs to be in direct proportion to the size of the blade. Therefore, when your hunting for a trimmer compare blade sizes and the accompaning motor size. For instance, if the blade is 21 inches then you\'re usually better off with a 25cc engine than a 22.5cc motor. NB. This isn\'t always the case but it\'s certainly a good rule of thumb.</li>\n 	<li><strong>CARB Compliant</strong> - CARB stands for the California Air Resource Board whose stringent air quality standards have been adopted throughout many US states. If the hedge trimmer is CARB compliant then it means it meets these standards.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Noise Emissions</strong> - any power tool is going to make some noise so always wear earmuffs when working with them. However, great strides have been made in the home category of power tools and you may want to compare decibel (dB) ratings of different machines for your neighbours sake.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Price</strong> - the final, but probably the most important consideration, is price. If two machines stack up well against each other then paying more for it seems a little unwise. Unless, of course, there is some other perceived advantage - eg. brand, warranty, manufacturing country etc.</li>\n</ol>\nOnce you\'ve purchased your petrol hedge trimmer maintaining it then becomes the main issue. Drain any residual fuel when resting it over the winter months and oil the blades to keep them from rusting.', 'Choosing a Petrol (Gas) Hedge Trimmer', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'choosing-a-petrol-gas-hedge-trimmer', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:30:32', '2021-11-04 16:30:32', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=844', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(845, 1, '2021-11-04 12:27:54', '2021-11-04 16:27:54', 'The humble garden hedge trimmer has come a long way since serfs shaped their <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/05/how_to_grow_a_privet_hedge.html\">privet hedges</a> with a pair of oversized scissors. Even in that department the tools have adapted over the years and <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2007/04/tips_on_selecting_garden_shears.html\">garden shears</a> have morphed into something quite indistinguishable. Their ergonomic handles, self-sharpening blades and power-lever cutting action takes all the effort out of pruning hedges these days. But, if that wasn\'t enough then came the advent of the power-tool generation where every tool had to come equipped with a motor - we\'re still waiting for Felco to power up their F-9\'s. The laborious job of hedge trimming was transformed into a sculptors dream when the new shears on the block took centre stage.\n\nThey first came in the form of a <a href=\"http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B0015Z5N7Y?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=amatgardforno-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B0015Z5N7Y\">Gas Powered Hedge Trimmer </a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B0015Z5N7Y\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> <em>(aff.)</em> but have now started being manufactured as electric as well. While the electric versions are cheaper, and well within most budgets, they have their own set of cons as well.\n\nPrimarily the biggest problem with an electric hedge trimmer is it\'s mobility. If you have a larger than normal block size then trying to maneouvre your trimmer around it will send you off for some psychaitric counselling when you\'ve finished. These trimmers are made for smaller suburban blocks, or units, where a power cord can easily traverse the terrain.\n\nFor those of us with larger properties the only way to go is a petrol hedge trimmer. As they don\'t require to be plugged in anywhere their mobility is greatly increased.\n\n<strong>Tips on buying a petrol hedge trimmer</strong>\n<ol>\n 	<li><strong>Size of the blade </strong>- most home trimmers offer a range of 19-22 inch blades. This is a useful size for most home hedges and means that the machine won\'t be too heavy to handle. Commercial models, or those that you may need for larger hedges, offer up to 30\" blades. The more expensive versions offer dual reciprocating blades - meaning that you get two cuts with every action - while the cheaper options only offer a single action blade.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Size of the engine</strong> - obviously, these size of the engine needs to be in direct proportion to the size of the blade. Therefore, when your hunting for a trimmer compare blade sizes and the accompaning motor size. For instance, if the blade is 21 inches then you\'re usually better off with a 25cc engine than a 22.5cc motor. NB. This isn\'t always the case but it\'s certainly a good rule of thumb.</li>\n 	<li><strong>CARB Compliant</strong> - CARB stands for the California Air Resource Board whose stringent air quality standards have been adopted throughout many US states. If the hedge trimmer is CARB compliant then it means it meets these standards.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Noise Emissions</strong> - any power tool is going to make some noise so always wear earmuffs when working with them. However, great strides have been made in the home category of power tools and you may want to compare decibel (dB) ratings of different machines for your neighbours sake.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Price</strong> - the final, but probably the most important consideration, is price. If two machines stack up well against each other then paying more for it seems a little unwise. Unless, of course, there is some other perceived advantage - eg. brand, warranty, manufacturing country etc.</li>\n</ol>\nOnce you\'ve purchased your petrol hedge trimmer maintaining it then becomes the main issue. Drain any residual fuel when resting it over the winter months and oil the blades to keep them from rusting.', 'Choosing a Petrol (Gas) Hedge Trimmer', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '844-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:27:54', '2021-11-04 16:27:54', '', 844, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=845', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(846, 1, '2021-11-04 12:28:32', '2021-11-04 16:28:32', 'The humble garden hedge trimmer has come a long way since serfs shaped their <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/05/how_to_grow_a_privet_hedge.html\">privet hedges</a> with a pair of oversized scissors. Even in that department the tools have adapted over the years and <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/tips-on-selecting-garden-shears/\">garden shears</a> have morphed into something quite indistinguishable. Their ergonomic handles, self-sharpening blades and power-lever cutting action takes all the effort out of pruning hedges these days. But, if that wasn\'t enough then came the advent of the power-tool generation where every tool had to come equipped with a motor - we\'re still waiting for Felco to power up their F-9\'s. The laborious job of hedge trimming was transformed into a sculptors dream when the new shears on the block took centre stage.\n\nThey first came in the form of a <a href=\"http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B0015Z5N7Y?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=amatgardforno-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B0015Z5N7Y\">Gas Powered Hedge Trimmer </a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B0015Z5N7Y\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> <em>(aff.)</em> but have now started being manufactured as electric as well. While the electric versions are cheaper, and well within most budgets, they have their own set of cons as well.\n\nPrimarily the biggest problem with an electric hedge trimmer is it\'s mobility. If you have a larger than normal block size then trying to maneouvre your trimmer around it will send you off for some psychaitric counselling when you\'ve finished. These trimmers are made for smaller suburban blocks, or units, where a power cord can easily traverse the terrain.\n\nFor those of us with larger properties the only way to go is a petrol hedge trimmer. As they don\'t require to be plugged in anywhere their mobility is greatly increased.\n\n<strong>Tips on buying a petrol hedge trimmer</strong>\n<ol>\n 	<li><strong>Size of the blade </strong>- most home trimmers offer a range of 19-22 inch blades. This is a useful size for most home hedges and means that the machine won\'t be too heavy to handle. Commercial models, or those that you may need for larger hedges, offer up to 30\" blades. The more expensive versions offer dual reciprocating blades - meaning that you get two cuts with every action - while the cheaper options only offer a single action blade.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Size of the engine</strong> - obviously, these size of the engine needs to be in direct proportion to the size of the blade. Therefore, when your hunting for a trimmer compare blade sizes and the accompaning motor size. For instance, if the blade is 21 inches then you\'re usually better off with a 25cc engine than a 22.5cc motor. NB. This isn\'t always the case but it\'s certainly a good rule of thumb.</li>\n 	<li><strong>CARB Compliant</strong> - CARB stands for the California Air Resource Board whose stringent air quality standards have been adopted throughout many US states. If the hedge trimmer is CARB compliant then it means it meets these standards.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Noise Emissions</strong> - any power tool is going to make some noise so always wear earmuffs when working with them. However, great strides have been made in the home category of power tools and you may want to compare decibel (dB) ratings of different machines for your neighbours sake.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Price</strong> - the final, but probably the most important consideration, is price. If two machines stack up well against each other then paying more for it seems a little unwise. Unless, of course, there is some other perceived advantage - eg. brand, warranty, manufacturing country etc.</li>\n</ol>\nOnce you\'ve purchased your petrol hedge trimmer maintaining it then becomes the main issue. Drain any residual fuel when resting it over the winter months and oil the blades to keep them from rusting.', 'Choosing a Petrol (Gas) Hedge Trimmer', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '844-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:28:32', '2021-11-04 16:28:32', '', 844, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=846', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(847, 1, '2006-05-04 12:30:00', '2006-05-04 16:30:00', 'In Australia, the privet plant has been on the noxious weed list for quite some time and is unavailable to buy from nurseries. The reason: it grows too well in our conditions and can grow so easily from seed that it is taking over our native Australian plants and kill them.\n\nEach privet plant produces thousands of blue-black berries that are irresistible to birds. They carry them off and wherever the seed falls it will most likely germinate. As the privet is a dense forming plant, the reason we grow them as a hedge, they will block out the sunlight from other plants and eventually smother them.\n\nIf you have inherited a privet hedge or you had one growing prior to the privet being registered as a noxious weed the responsible action to take would be to ensure that they are pruned prior to setting seed. If you are hedging your privet already this shouldn’t be an onerous task merely part of your current hedge maintenance.\n\nIf you want to grow a privet hedge in Australia the species you need to grow is&nbsp;<em>Ligustrum undulatum</em>. This variety doesn’t grow berries and is not invasive.\nFor those who don’t live in countries where privets are outlawed read on for how to successfully grow and prune privets as a hedge.\n\nThe privet,&nbsp;<em>Ligustrum</em>, is a native of china and comes in a few varieties. The two most popular types are the small-leafed privet,&nbsp;<em>Ligustrum sinense</em>, and the large-leafed privet,&nbsp;<em>Ligustrum lucidum</em>. They both produce spring-flowers that are widely known for causing grief for hayfever sufferers.\n<h3>How to plant a privet hedge</h3>\nTo plant a privet hedge select at least year-old stock and space them about 30cm (12in) apart and at least 45cm(18in) away from a boundary. To plant them, follow the guidelines in this&nbsp;<a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/how-to-plant-a-shrub/\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">article</a>&nbsp;watering well.\n\nThe best time to plant your privets would be in the spring and this is also a good time to fertilise using a good slow-release fertiliser (sheep manure is ideal). You shouldn’t need to mulch the soil as the hedge when it’s grown but as it begins to grow this may be helpful for water retention and suppression of weeds.\n<h3>How to prune your privet hedge</h3>\nThe start of spring is also the ideal time for pruning your hedge. The ideal site to look at in terms of pruning is&nbsp;<a href=\"https://www.hort.purdue.edu/ext/HO-27.pdf\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">Purdue University’s Department of Horticulture</a>, which gives a 6 year pruning diagram for hedges.\n\nEach year your privet hedge will require pruning after the initial shaping and this can be done easily with a mechanical hedge trimmer or pair of pruning shears.', 'How to Grow a Privet Hedge', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'how-to-grow-a-privet-hedge', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:11:30', '2021-11-05 11:11:30', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=847', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(849, 1, '2021-11-04 12:30:16', '2021-11-04 16:30:16', 'In Australia, the privet plant has been on the noxious weed list for quite some time and is unavailable to buy from nurseries. The reason: it grows too well in our conditions and can grow so easily from seed that it is taking over our native Australian plants and kill them.\n\nEach privet plant produces thousands of blue-black berries that are irresistible to birds. They carry them off and wherever the seed falls it will most likely germinate. As the privet is a dense forming plant, the reason we grow them as a hedge, they will block out the sunlight from other plants and eventually smother them.\n\nIf you have inherited a privet hedge or you had one growing prior to the privet being registered as a noxious weed the responsible action to take would be to ensure that they are pruned prior to setting seed. If you are hedging your privet already this shouldn’t be an onerous task merely part of your current hedge maintenance.\n\nIf you want to grow a privet hedge in Australia the species you need to grow is <em>Ligustrum undulatum</em>. This variety doesn’t grow berries and is not invasive.\nFor those who don’t live in countries where privets are outlawed read on for how to successfully grow and prune privets as a hedge.\n\nThe privet, <em>Ligustrum</em>, is a native of china and comes in a few varieties. The two most popular types are the small-leafed privet, <em>Ligustrum sinense</em>, and the large-leafed privet, <em>Ligustrum lucidum</em>. They both produce spring-flowers that are widely known for causing grief for hayfever sufferers.\n<h3>How to plant a privet hedge</h3>\nTo plant a privet hedge select at least year-old stock and space them about 30cm (12in) apart and at least 45cm(18in) away from a boundary. To plant them, follow the guidelines in this <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/01/how_to_plant_a_shrub.html\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">article</a> watering well.\n\nThe best time to plant your privets would be in the spring and this is also a good time to fertilise using a good slow-release fertiliser (sheep manure is ideal). You shouldn’t need to mulch the soil as the hedge when it’s grown but as it begins to grow this may be helpful for water retention and suppression of weeds.\n<h3>How to prune your privet hedge</h3>\nThe start of spring is also the ideal time for pruning your hedge. The ideal site to look at in terms of pruning is <a href=\"http://www.hort.purdue.edu/ext/HO-27.pdf\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">Purdue University’s Department of Horticulture</a>, which gives a 6 year pruning diagram for hedges.\n\nEach year your privet hedge will require pruning after the initial shaping and this can be done easily with a mechanical hedge trimmer or pair of pruning shears.', 'How to Grow a Privet Hedge', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '847-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:30:16', '2021-11-04 16:30:16', '', 847, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=849', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(850, 1, '2021-11-04 12:30:31', '2021-11-04 16:30:31', 'The humble garden hedge trimmer has come a long way since serfs shaped their <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/how-to-grow-a-privet-hedge/\">privet hedges</a> with a pair of oversized scissors. Even in that department the tools have adapted over the years and <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/tips-on-selecting-garden-shears/\">garden shears</a> have morphed into something quite indistinguishable. Their ergonomic handles, self-sharpening blades and power-lever cutting action takes all the effort out of pruning hedges these days. But, if that wasn\'t enough then came the advent of the power-tool generation where every tool had to come equipped with a motor - we\'re still waiting for Felco to power up their F-9\'s. The laborious job of hedge trimming was transformed into a sculptors dream when the new shears on the block took centre stage.\n\nThey first came in the form of a Gas Powered Hedge Trimmer <img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B0015Z5N7Y\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> <em>(aff.)</em> but have now started being manufactured as electric as well. While the electric versions are cheaper, and well within most budgets, they have their own set of cons as well.\n\nPrimarily the biggest problem with an electric hedge trimmer is it\'s mobility. If you have a larger than normal block size then trying to maneouvre your trimmer around it will send you off for some psychaitric counselling when you\'ve finished. These trimmers are made for smaller suburban blocks, or units, where a power cord can easily traverse the terrain.\n\nFor those of us with larger properties the only way to go is a petrol hedge trimmer. As they don\'t require to be plugged in anywhere their mobility is greatly increased.\n\n<strong>Tips on buying a petrol hedge trimmer</strong>\n<ol>\n 	<li><strong>Size of the blade </strong>- most home trimmers offer a range of 19-22 inch blades. This is a useful size for most home hedges and means that the machine won\'t be too heavy to handle. Commercial models, or those that you may need for larger hedges, offer up to 30\" blades. The more expensive versions offer dual reciprocating blades - meaning that you get two cuts with every action - while the cheaper options only offer a single action blade.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Size of the engine</strong> - obviously, these size of the engine needs to be in direct proportion to the size of the blade. Therefore, when your hunting for a trimmer compare blade sizes and the accompaning motor size. For instance, if the blade is 21 inches then you\'re usually better off with a 25cc engine than a 22.5cc motor. NB. This isn\'t always the case but it\'s certainly a good rule of thumb.</li>\n 	<li><strong>CARB Compliant</strong> - CARB stands for the California Air Resource Board whose stringent air quality standards have been adopted throughout many US states. If the hedge trimmer is CARB compliant then it means it meets these standards.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Noise Emissions</strong> - any power tool is going to make some noise so always wear earmuffs when working with them. However, great strides have been made in the home category of power tools and you may want to compare decibel (dB) ratings of different machines for your neighbours sake.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Price</strong> - the final, but probably the most important consideration, is price. If two machines stack up well against each other then paying more for it seems a little unwise. Unless, of course, there is some other perceived advantage - eg. brand, warranty, manufacturing country etc.</li>\n</ol>\nOnce you\'ve purchased your petrol hedge trimmer maintaining it then becomes the main issue. Drain any residual fuel when resting it over the winter months and oil the blades to keep them from rusting.', 'Choosing a Petrol (Gas) Hedge Trimmer', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '844-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:30:31', '2021-11-04 16:30:31', '', 844, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=850', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(851, 1, '2021-11-04 12:31:13', '2021-11-04 16:31:13', 'In Australia, the privet plant has been on the noxious weed list for quite some time and is unavailable to buy from nurseries. The reason: it grows too well in our conditions and can grow so easily from seed that it is taking over our native Australian plants and kill them.\n\nEach privet plant produces thousands of blue-black berries that are irresistible to birds. They carry them off and wherever the seed falls it will most likely germinate. As the privet is a dense forming plant, the reason we grow them as a hedge, they will block out the sunlight from other plants and eventually smother them.\n\nIf you have inherited a privet hedge or you had one growing prior to the privet being registered as a noxious weed the responsible action to take would be to ensure that they are pruned prior to setting seed. If you are hedging your privet already this shouldn’t be an onerous task merely part of your current hedge maintenance.\n\nIf you want to grow a privet hedge in Australia the species you need to grow is <em>Ligustrum undulatum</em>. This variety doesn’t grow berries and is not invasive.\nFor those who don’t live in countries where privets are outlawed read on for how to successfully grow and prune privets as a hedge.\n\nThe privet, <em>Ligustrum</em>, is a native of china and comes in a few varieties. The two most popular types are the small-leafed privet, <em>Ligustrum sinense</em>, and the large-leafed privet, <em>Ligustrum lucidum</em>. They both produce spring-flowers that are widely known for causing grief for hayfever sufferers.\n<h3>How to plant a privet hedge</h3>\nTo plant a privet hedge select at least year-old stock and space them about 30cm (12in) apart and at least 45cm(18in) away from a boundary. To plant them, follow the guidelines in this <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/01/how_to_plant_a_shrub.html\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">article</a> watering well.\n\nThe best time to plant your privets would be in the spring and this is also a good time to fertilise using a good slow-release fertiliser (sheep manure is ideal). You shouldn’t need to mulch the soil as the hedge when it’s grown but as it begins to grow this may be helpful for water retention and suppression of weeds.\n<h3>How to prune your privet hedge</h3>\nThe start of spring is also the ideal time for pruning your hedge. The ideal site to look at in terms of pruning is <a href=\"https://www.hort.purdue.edu/ext/HO-27.pdf\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">Purdue University’s Department of Horticulture</a>, which gives a 6 year pruning diagram for hedges.\n\nEach year your privet hedge will require pruning after the initial shaping and this can be done easily with a mechanical hedge trimmer or pair of pruning shears.', 'How to Grow a Privet Hedge', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '847-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:31:13', '2021-11-04 16:31:13', '', 847, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=851', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(852, 1, '2006-01-05 12:31:00', '2006-01-05 17:31:00', '<strong>If you’ve ever had shrubs that didn’t plant well, and perhaps even died, take a look at how to plant them well.\n</strong>\nStart off with the basics, something to dig with, some water and fertilizer and of course, your new shrub – this is <em>Callistemon viminalis – “Little John”</em>.\n<h3>Step 1</h3>\nDig the hole twice the width of the pot and to the same depth as the root ball. (Note: I usually would mix 1 part of this soil with 1 part cow manure and 1 part soil improver. In this case though, as it’s an Australian native shrub, they’re not big on fertiliser so I’ll just stick to the blood ‘n bone.\n<h3>Step 2</h3>\nTransplant the shrub into the hole teasing any roots out if it’s badly rootbound. Half-fill the hole with water and then backfill with the soil. Water generously after the shrub’s been planted and then water regularly, at least every second day for next couple of weeks.\n<h3>Step 3</h3>\nMake yourself a cup of coffee or herbal tea, stand back and admire the potential vista.', 'How to Plant a Shrub', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'how-to-plant-a-shrub', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:32:40', '2021-11-04 16:32:40', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=852', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(853, 1, '2021-11-04 12:32:38', '2021-11-04 16:32:38', '<strong>If you’ve ever had shrubs that didn’t plant well, and perhaps even died, take a look at how to plant them well.\n</strong>\nStart off with the basics, something to dig with, some water and fertilizer and of course, your new shrub – this is <em>Callistemon viminalis – “Little John”</em>.\n<h3>Step 1</h3>\nDig the hole twice the width of the pot and to the same depth as the root ball. (Note: I usually would mix 1 part of this soil with 1 part cow manure and 1 part soil improver. In this case though, as it’s an Australian native shrub, they’re not big on fertiliser so I’ll just stick to the blood ‘n bone.\n<h3>Step 2</h3>\nTransplant the shrub into the hole teasing any roots out if it’s badly rootbound. Half-fill the hole with water and then backfill with the soil. Water generously after the shrub’s been planted and then water regularly, at least every second day for next couple of weeks.\n<h3>Step 3</h3>\nMake yourself a cup of coffee or herbal tea, stand back and admire the potential vista.', 'How to Plant a Shrub', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '852-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:32:38', '2021-11-04 16:32:38', '', 852, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=853', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(854, 1, '2021-11-04 12:32:57', '2021-11-04 16:32:57', 'In Australia, the privet plant has been on the noxious weed list for quite some time and is unavailable to buy from nurseries. The reason: it grows too well in our conditions and can grow so easily from seed that it is taking over our native Australian plants and kill them.\n\nEach privet plant produces thousands of blue-black berries that are irresistible to birds. They carry them off and wherever the seed falls it will most likely germinate. As the privet is a dense forming plant, the reason we grow them as a hedge, they will block out the sunlight from other plants and eventually smother them.\n\nIf you have inherited a privet hedge or you had one growing prior to the privet being registered as a noxious weed the responsible action to take would be to ensure that they are pruned prior to setting seed. If you are hedging your privet already this shouldn’t be an onerous task merely part of your current hedge maintenance.\n\nIf you want to grow a privet hedge in Australia the species you need to grow is <em>Ligustrum undulatum</em>. This variety doesn’t grow berries and is not invasive.\nFor those who don’t live in countries where privets are outlawed read on for how to successfully grow and prune privets as a hedge.\n\nThe privet, <em>Ligustrum</em>, is a native of china and comes in a few varieties. The two most popular types are the small-leafed privet, <em>Ligustrum sinense</em>, and the large-leafed privet, <em>Ligustrum lucidum</em>. They both produce spring-flowers that are widely known for causing grief for hayfever sufferers.\n<h3>How to plant a privet hedge</h3>\nTo plant a privet hedge select at least year-old stock and space them about 30cm (12in) apart and at least 45cm(18in) away from a boundary. To plant them, follow the guidelines in this <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/how-to-plant-a-shrub/\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">article</a> watering well.\n\nThe best time to plant your privets would be in the spring and this is also a good time to fertilise using a good slow-release fertiliser (sheep manure is ideal). You shouldn’t need to mulch the soil as the hedge when it’s grown but as it begins to grow this may be helpful for water retention and suppression of weeds.\n<h3>How to prune your privet hedge</h3>\nThe start of spring is also the ideal time for pruning your hedge. The ideal site to look at in terms of pruning is <a href=\"https://www.hort.purdue.edu/ext/HO-27.pdf\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">Purdue University’s Department of Horticulture</a>, which gives a 6 year pruning diagram for hedges.\n\nEach year your privet hedge will require pruning after the initial shaping and this can be done easily with a mechanical hedge trimmer or pair of pruning shears.', 'How to Grow a Privet Hedge', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '847-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-04 12:32:57', '2021-11-04 16:32:57', '', 847, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=854', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(856, 1, '2009-04-29 06:45:00', '2009-04-29 10:45:00', 'Gardeners are very savvy when it comes to garden tools. We know which one performs the task the best and how hard a job becomes when you don’t have the right one. We can probably even list the exact ones that our collection is missing.\n\nYet when a job just needs to get done it needs to get done. So we’ll often substitute another tool in its place knowing full well the risks associated – from blisters to broken tools.\n\nThe concern now is partly related to the Financial Crisis that seems to be ebbing its way into our lives. While most times a substituted tool will perform a task quite well, the risk now is that gardeners may opt for improvising some of their collection to get even more “mileage” out of them. And nothing is more concerning when this involves power tools.\n\nThis concern became a reality when a <a href=\"https://metro.co.uk/2009/04/20/man-killed-by-improvised-power-tool-39451/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">UK man was killed after modifying his angle grinder</a>. The man had fitted an angle grinder with a toothed circular saw blade in an attempt to remove a tree stump in his yard.\n\nThe inquest into his death finished this month with the coroner concluding, “He chose to use that circular saw blade instead of a chain saw, which would have been the more appropriate implement…” An even better tool for the job might have been a stump grinder with a professional attached to the control panel but when you’re trying to save a few dollars it makes improvising your own tools a little more tempting, doesn’t it?\n\nAnd herein lies the concern – the temptation to save a few quid will often justify our actions to make our garden tools attempt tasks that they were never created to perform.\n\nTo avoid this the options then become;\n<ul>\n 	<li>Take the most expensive route and hire a professional.</li>\n 	<li>Buy the tool that’s needed.</li>\n 	<li>Borrow, or hire, the tool – provided it hasn’t been compromised, or</li>\n 	<li>Leave the job for another day when you may be a little more flush with cash.</li>\n</ul>\nConsidering the alternative – death or at least serious injury – the risk of improvising your garden tools takes a definite back seat to the options above.', 'The Risks of Improvised Garden Tools', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'the-risks-of-improvised-garden-tools', '', '', '2021-11-05 06:51:30', '2021-11-05 10:51:30', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=856', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(857, 1, '2021-11-05 06:50:00', '2021-11-05 10:50:00', '', 'improvised-garden-tool', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'improvised-garden-tool', '', '', '2021-11-05 06:50:04', '2021-11-05 10:50:04', '', 856, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/improvised-garden-tool.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0);
INSERT INTO `wp_posts` (`ID`, `post_author`, `post_date`, `post_date_gmt`, `post_content`, `post_title`, `post_excerpt`, `post_status`, `comment_status`, `ping_status`, `post_password`, `post_name`, `to_ping`, `pinged`, `post_modified`, `post_modified_gmt`, `post_content_filtered`, `post_parent`, `guid`, `menu_order`, `post_type`, `post_mime_type`, `comment_count`) VALUES
(858, 1, '2021-11-05 06:50:51', '2021-11-05 10:50:51', 'Gardeners are very savvy when it comes to garden tools. We know which one performs the task the best and how hard a job becomes when you don’t have the right one. We can probably even list the exact ones that our collection is missing.\n\nYet when a job just needs to get done it needs to get done. So we’ll often substitute another tool in its place knowing full well the risks associated – from blisters to broken tools.\n\nThe concern now is partly related to the Financial Crisis that seems to be ebbing its way into our lives. While most times a substituted tool will perform a task quite well, the risk now is that gardeners may opt for improvising some of their collection to get even more “mileage” out of them. And nothing is more concerning when this involves power tools.\n\nThis concern became a reality when a <a href=\"http://www.metro.co.uk/news/article.html?Man_killed_by_improvised_power_tool&amp;in_article_id=627085&amp;in_page_id=34\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">UK man was killed after modifying his angle grinder</a>. The man had fitted an angle grinder with a toothed circular saw blade in an attempt to remove a tree stump in his yard.\n\nThe inquest into his death finished this month with the coroner concluding, “He chose to use that circular saw blade instead of a chain saw, which would have been the more appropriate implement…” An even better tool for the job might have been a stump grinder with a professional attached to the control panel but when you’re trying to save a few dollars it makes improvising your own tools a little more tempting, doesn’t it?\n\nAnd herein lies the concern – the temptation to save a few quid will often justify our actions to make our garden tools attempt tasks that they were never created to perform.\n\nTo avoid this the options then become;\n<ul>\n 	<li>Take the most expensive route and hire a professional.</li>\n 	<li>Buy the tool that’s needed.</li>\n 	<li>Borrow, or hire, the tool – provided it hasn’t been compromised, or</li>\n 	<li>Leave the job for another day when you may be a little more flush with cash.</li>\n</ul>\nConsidering the alternative – death or at least serious injury – the risk of improvising your garden tools takes a definite back seat to the options above.', 'The Risks of Improvised Garden Tools', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '856-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 06:50:51', '2021-11-05 10:50:51', '', 856, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=858', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(859, 1, '2021-11-05 06:51:23', '2021-11-05 10:51:23', 'Gardeners are very savvy when it comes to garden tools. We know which one performs the task the best and how hard a job becomes when you don’t have the right one. We can probably even list the exact ones that our collection is missing.\n\nYet when a job just needs to get done it needs to get done. So we’ll often substitute another tool in its place knowing full well the risks associated – from blisters to broken tools.\n\nThe concern now is partly related to the Financial Crisis that seems to be ebbing its way into our lives. While most times a substituted tool will perform a task quite well, the risk now is that gardeners may opt for improvising some of their collection to get even more “mileage” out of them. And nothing is more concerning when this involves power tools.\n\nThis concern became a reality when a <a href=\"https://www.metro.co.uk/news/article.html?Man_killed_by_improvised_power_tool&amp;in_article_id=627085&amp;in_page_id=34\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">UK man was killed after modifying his angle grinder</a>. The man had fitted an angle grinder with a toothed circular saw blade in an attempt to remove a tree stump in his yard.\n\nThe inquest into his death finished this month with the coroner concluding, “He chose to use that circular saw blade instead of a chain saw, which would have been the more appropriate implement…” An even better tool for the job might have been a stump grinder with a professional attached to the control panel but when you’re trying to save a few dollars it makes improvising your own tools a little more tempting, doesn’t it?\n\nAnd herein lies the concern – the temptation to save a few quid will often justify our actions to make our garden tools attempt tasks that they were never created to perform.\n\nTo avoid this the options then become;\n<ul>\n 	<li>Take the most expensive route and hire a professional.</li>\n 	<li>Buy the tool that’s needed.</li>\n 	<li>Borrow, or hire, the tool – provided it hasn’t been compromised, or</li>\n 	<li>Leave the job for another day when you may be a little more flush with cash.</li>\n</ul>\nConsidering the alternative – death or at least serious injury – the risk of improvising your garden tools takes a definite back seat to the options above.', 'The Risks of Improvised Garden Tools', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '856-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 06:51:23', '2021-11-05 10:51:23', '', 856, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=859', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(860, 1, '2021-11-05 06:51:29', '2021-11-05 10:51:29', 'Gardeners are very savvy when it comes to garden tools. We know which one performs the task the best and how hard a job becomes when you don’t have the right one. We can probably even list the exact ones that our collection is missing.\n\nYet when a job just needs to get done it needs to get done. So we’ll often substitute another tool in its place knowing full well the risks associated – from blisters to broken tools.\n\nThe concern now is partly related to the Financial Crisis that seems to be ebbing its way into our lives. While most times a substituted tool will perform a task quite well, the risk now is that gardeners may opt for improvising some of their collection to get even more “mileage” out of them. And nothing is more concerning when this involves power tools.\n\nThis concern became a reality when a <a href=\"https://metro.co.uk/2009/04/20/man-killed-by-improvised-power-tool-39451/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">UK man was killed after modifying his angle grinder</a>. The man had fitted an angle grinder with a toothed circular saw blade in an attempt to remove a tree stump in his yard.\n\nThe inquest into his death finished this month with the coroner concluding, “He chose to use that circular saw blade instead of a chain saw, which would have been the more appropriate implement…” An even better tool for the job might have been a stump grinder with a professional attached to the control panel but when you’re trying to save a few dollars it makes improvising your own tools a little more tempting, doesn’t it?\n\nAnd herein lies the concern – the temptation to save a few quid will often justify our actions to make our garden tools attempt tasks that they were never created to perform.\n\nTo avoid this the options then become;\n<ul>\n 	<li>Take the most expensive route and hire a professional.</li>\n 	<li>Buy the tool that’s needed.</li>\n 	<li>Borrow, or hire, the tool – provided it hasn’t been compromised, or</li>\n 	<li>Leave the job for another day when you may be a little more flush with cash.</li>\n</ul>\nConsidering the alternative – death or at least serious injury – the risk of improvising your garden tools takes a definite back seat to the options above.', 'The Risks of Improvised Garden Tools', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '856-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 06:51:29', '2021-11-05 10:51:29', '', 856, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=860', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(862, 1, '2021-11-05 06:54:34', '2021-11-05 10:54:34', '', 'vertical garden shed', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'vertical-garden-shed', '', '', '2021-11-05 06:54:34', '2021-11-05 10:54:34', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/vertical-garden-shed.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(864, 1, '2009-03-30 06:56:00', '2009-03-30 10:56:00', 'Apart from fighting a tangled garden hose, the next most annoying frustration for a gardener is dealing with a hose that’s developed a kink. When a hose has kinked once it’s more likely to repeat the problem over and over again until you throw your hands up in frustration, throw it away and go and buy a kink free hose.\n\nBefore you get to that point there is one solution that might just keep that budget hose hanging around your place a little longer.\n\nThe idea is to brace the kink much like you would try to do with a broken leg. If you can spare some of the current hose then cut of a length of about 10cm (4in) – preferably at one of the ends. Then, cut a slit lengthways along the shortened piece and slide it over the area that is kinked. This will then act as a splint for the hose and you should be able to keep watering without having to free your hose from that kink again.\n\nIf you can’t spare a piece of your current garden hose, and there isn’t an old one laying around the yard, then a piece of poly-tubing (black reticulation pipe) will also work just as effectively. And, if you find that neither solution has remedied the problem and the kink is far worse than expected, then a piece of PVC piping will solve the problem once and for all.\n<h2>How to fix a tangled hose</h2>\nOk, now you’re getting the benefit of 2 tips for the price of one!\n\nAt the start of this post, I mentioned how frustrating a tangled hose was for the home gardener. Well, there is a way to fix this too. But, before I do, I need to point out that the main reason a hose tangles is because it has been stored incorrectly. Leaving it laying on the ground in a piled up mess will certainly contribute to this problem. So, instead, go and get yourself a garden hose reel that will keep your hose in shape for the length of its natural life.\n\nOnce a hose has become tangled it’s near-on impossible to revert it back in a way that’s useful. But, the quickest way to make it malleable enough to put onto a hose reel is to leave it in the sun. Pull the complete hose out into an area where the sun is shining and leave for about an hour. When you come back the hose should be soft and pliable and much more willing to submit to your storage needs.\n\nIf sun isn’t something you see a lot of, then try leaving the hose in a bath of hot water until it becomes just as pliable.\nAnd there it is, a few ways to keep your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/the-garden-hose-review/\">garden hose</a> working longer for you and with far less hassles. Do you know of any other tips that could alleviate gardener-hose-stress?', 'How To Fix a Hose Kink', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'how-to-fix-a-hose-kink', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:01:25', '2021-11-05 11:01:25', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=864', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(865, 1, '2021-11-05 06:58:03', '2021-11-05 10:58:03', 'Apart from fighting a tangled garden hose, the next most annoying frustration for a gardener is dealing with a hose that’s developed a kink. When a hose has kinked once it’s more likely to repeat the problem over and over again until you throw your hands up in frustration, throw it away and go and buy a kink free hose.\n\nBefore you get to that point there is one solution that might just keep that budget hose hanging around your place a little longer.\n\nThe idea is to brace the kink much like you would try to do with a broken leg. If you can spare some of the current hose then cut of a length of about 10cm (4in) – preferably at one of the ends. Then, cut a slit lengthways along the shortened piece and slide it over the area that is kinked. This will then act as a splint for the hose and you should be able to keep watering without having to free your hose from that kink again.\n\nIf you can’t spare a piece of your current garden hose, and there isn’t an old one laying around the yard, then a piece of poly-tubing (black reticulation pipe) will also work just as effectively. And, if you find that neither solution has remedied the problem and the kink is far worse than expected, then a piece of PVC piping will solve the problem once and for all.\n<h2>How to fix a tangled hose</h2>\nOk, now you’re getting the benefit of 2 tips for the price of one!\n\nAt the start of this post, I mentioned how frustrating a tangled hose was for the home gardener. Well, there is a way to fix this too. But, before I do, I need to point out that the main reason a hose tangles is because it has been stored incorrectly. Leaving it laying on the ground in a piled up mess will certainly contribute to this problem. So, instead, go and get yourself a garden hose reel that will keep your hose in shape for the length of its natural life.\n\nOnce a hose has become tangled it’s near-on impossible to revert it back in a way that’s useful. But, the quickest way to make it malleable enough to put onto a hose reel is to leave it in the sun. Pull the complete hose out into an area where the sun is shining and leave for about an hour. When you come back the hose should be soft and pliable and much more willing to submit to your storage needs.\n\nIf sun isn’t something you see a lot of, then try leaving the hose in a bath of hot water until it becomes just as pliable.\nAnd there it is, a few ways to keep your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/12/the_garden_hose_review.html\">garden hose</a> working longer for you and with far less hassles. Do you know of any other tips that could alleviate gardener-hose-stress?', 'How To Fix a Hose Kink', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '864-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 06:58:03', '2021-11-05 10:58:03', '', 864, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=865', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(866, 1, '2006-12-23 06:58:00', '2006-12-23 11:58:00', 'Like the spade, the hoe and the wheelbarrow no garden completely covers the basics without a garden hose. They are the lifeline, possibly better described as the ‘umbilical cord’, of any garden.\n\nYet while we can’t live without them I’m sure there have been many times we’ve sworn at them or let our calm dispositions become distanced somewhat. Trying to untangle a rogue garden hose is actually tougher than fighting an Amazonian boa – just trust me on that one!\n\n[caption id=\"attachment_867\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"size-full wp-image-867\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/flexogen-garden-hose-300x300-1.jpg\" alt=\"Claimed as &quot;The Last Hose You\'ll Ever Buy&quot;\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\" /> Claimed as \"The Last Hose You\'ll Ever Buy\"[/caption]\n\nSo, which garden hoses are the best? Well, you can continue reading or you can head over to my Garden Hose aStore where I’ve compiled a list of some of the best hoses and <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/spray-nozzles-tips-on-choosing-the-right-garden-hose-fittings/\">hose fittings</a> you will need to start out.\n<h2>Which Garden Hose?</h2>\nThe range of garden hoses available today can cater for almost any fussy decision maker but it’s hard to know which is the best hose for your situation. Is there any difference between a cheap hose and one that’s more expensive? Should I buy a no-kink, coiled or budget hose? Are brass fittings better than plastic?\n\nWith so many variables, the market for garden hoses can seem a little overwhelming.\n<h2>Cheap Garden Hoses vs Expensive Alternatives?</h2>\nThis totally depends on you and your gardening style. If you already have your own water reticulation system set up then a budget hose that you use on limited occasions may be the way to go. On the other hand if you use your garden hose on a daily basis then spending a little more will save you a heap of stress.\nMany of the cheaper garden hoses just don’t stand up to the rigours of gardening use. <a href=\"https://www.choice.com.au/\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">Choice Australia</a>, in a recent review summarised their findings as;\n<blockquote>There’s a relationship between price and performance: it seems you need to pay at least A$35 [US$28] to get a good hose (though even that’s not a guarantee). Below that it’s pretty hit-and-miss…</blockquote>\nThe old adage “You get what you pay for” definitely applies to garden hoses. So what about the more expensive brands…does it matter which one and if I pay the most does it ensure that it is the best?\nNot entirely. The most expensive garden hoses can be just as good as a reasonably priced hose and the difference in pricing is merely a marketing strategy. But, there are definitely some valid points to consider when selecting a good quality hose for your garden.\n\nAs most garden hoses are tightly packaged with fittings attached it becomes a difficult proposition to test them so if possible find a garden centre that has them on display out of their packaging.\nHere’s what to look for…\n<ul>\n 	<li><strong>A good quality hose won’t kink so try bending it.</strong> If it’s difficult to bend or the plastic rebounds quickly without any noticeable effect on the hose then it’s more likely to be a superior quality hose.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Inspect the thickness of the hose.</strong> A thicker hose is less likely to be split, can handle more water pressure and won’t kink if left in the sun.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Check it’s UV rating.</strong> Most hoses are now specifying what levels of UV light they can withstand. The higher the better.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Check the attachments.</strong> If they’re loose or appear cheap and nasty it’s a good indication that the manufacturer is cutting costs and has probably done the same with the hose.</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>Which Hose Attachments Are Best?</h2>\nIs plastic as good as brass fittings? The answer is definitely no but this doesn’t mean that you must have brass fittings on your garden hose. As with selecting a hose it all depends on how much you’re likely to use it.\n\nIf your garden hose will mainly sit on the reel and see action sparingly then plastic fittings may be all you need. However, if you use your garden hose on a regular basis then it makes sense to invest in some quality fittings for it.\n\nThe only word of caution is that as brass is a metal it will heat up if left in the sun so take this into account if your hose regularly finds itself being exposed to sunlight.\n<h2>How Do I Look After My Garden Hose?</h2>\n<ul>\n 	<li><strong>Store it on a reel.</strong> The best way to keep kinks out of your hose and to maintain it is to store it on a reel. This will help maintain its shape and keep the plastic or rubber from wrapping contortedly.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Keep it out of the sun.</strong> Sunlight will damage your garden hose no matter what quality it is – it will just take a little longer with a more expensive brand. Find a location such as under your roof eaves or similar to store it in full shade.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Don’t let your pets play with it.</strong> Dogs and cats that regularly tangle with your garden hose will inevitably split it or puncture it in some form. Once a hose is punctured the only repair you can do to it is cut off the damaged end.</li>\n</ul>\nTo sum it all up, the more you spend on a garden hose the more likely it will last. Buy some decent attachments and look after it well and your garden hose will reward you for many years to come.', 'The Garden Hose Review', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'the-garden-hose-review', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:06:09', '2021-11-05 11:06:09', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=866', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(867, 1, '2021-11-05 07:00:23', '2021-11-05 11:00:23', '', 'flexogen-garden-hose-300x300', 'Claimed as \"The Last Hose You\'ll Ever Buy\"', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'flexogen-garden-hose-300x300', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:00:27', '2021-11-05 11:00:27', '', 866, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/flexogen-garden-hose-300x300-1.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(868, 1, '2021-11-05 07:01:13', '2021-11-05 11:01:13', 'Like the spade, the hoe and the wheelbarrow no garden completely covers the basics without a garden hose. They are the lifeline, possibly better described as the ‘umbilical cord’, of any garden.\n\nYet while we can’t live without them I’m sure there have been many times we’ve sworn at them or let our calm dispositions become distanced somewhat. Trying to untangle a rogue garden hose is actually tougher than fighting an Amazonian boa – just trust me on that one!\n\n[caption id=\"attachment_867\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"size-full wp-image-867\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/flexogen-garden-hose-300x300-1.jpg\" alt=\"Claimed as &quot;The Last Hose You\'ll Ever Buy&quot;\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\" /> Claimed as \"The Last Hose You\'ll Ever Buy\"[/caption]\n\nSo, which garden hoses are the best? Well, you can continue reading or you can head over to my <a href=\"http://astore.amazon.com/gardeningtipsnideas-20\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">Garden Hose aStore</a> where I’ve compiled a list of some of the best hoses and <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2008/04/spray_nozzles_tips_on_choosing_the_right_garden_hose_fitting.html\">hose fittings</a> you will need to start out.\n<h2>Which Garden Hose?</h2>\nThe range of garden hoses available today can cater for almost any fussy decision maker but it’s hard to know which is the best hose for your situation. Is there any difference between a cheap hose and one that’s more expensive? Should I buy a no-kink, coiled or budget hose? Are brass fittings better than plastic?\n\nWith so many variables, the market for garden hoses can seem a little overwhelming.\n<h2>Cheap Garden Hoses vs Expensive Alternatives?</h2>\nThis totally depends on you and your gardening style. If you already have your own water reticulation system set up then a budget hose that you use on limited occasions may be the way to go. On the other hand if you use your garden hose on a daily basis then spending a little more will save you a heap of stress.\nMany of the cheaper garden hoses just don’t stand up to the rigours of gardening use. <a href=\"http://www.choice.com.au/\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">Choice Australia</a>, in a recent review summarised their findings as;\n<blockquote>There’s a relationship between price and performance: it seems you need to pay at least A$35 [US$28] to get a good hose (though even that’s not a guarantee). Below that it’s pretty hit-and-miss…</blockquote>\nThe old adage “You get what you pay for” definitely applies to garden hoses. So what about the more expensive brands…does it matter which one and if I pay the most does it ensure that it is the best?\nNot entirely. The most expensive garden hoses can be just as good as a reasonably priced hose and the difference in pricing is merely a marketing strategy. But, there are definitely some valid points to consider when selecting a good quality hose for your garden.\n\nAs most garden hoses are tightly packaged with fittings attached it becomes a difficult proposition to test them so if possible find a garden centre that has them on display out of their packaging.\nHere’s what to look for…\n<ul>\n 	<li><strong>A good quality hose won’t kink so try bending it.</strong> If it’s difficult to bend or the plastic rebounds quickly without any noticeable effect on the hose then it’s more likely to be a superior quality hose.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Inspect the thickness of the hose.</strong> A thicker hose is less likely to be split, can handle more water pressure and won’t kink if left in the sun.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Check it’s UV rating.</strong> Most hoses are now specifying what levels of UV light they can withstand. The higher the better.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Check the attachments.</strong> If they’re loose or appear cheap and nasty it’s a good indication that the manufacturer is cutting costs and has probably done the same with the hose.</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>Which Hose Attachments Are Best?</h2>\nIs plastic as good as brass fittings? The answer is definitely no but this doesn’t mean that you must have brass fittings on your garden hose. As with selecting a hose it all depends on how much you’re likely to use it.\n\nIf your garden hose will mainly sit on the reel and see action sparingly then plastic fittings may be all you need. However, if you use your garden hose on a regular basis then it makes sense to invest in some quality fittings for it.\n\nThe only word of caution is that as brass is a metal it will heat up if left in the sun so take this into account if your hose regularly finds itself being exposed to sunlight.\n<h2>How Do I Look After My Garden Hose?</h2>\n<ul>\n 	<li><strong>Store it on a reel.</strong> The best way to keep kinks out of your hose and to maintain it is to store it on a reel. This will help maintain its shape and keep the plastic or rubber from wrapping contortedly.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Keep it out of the sun.</strong> Sunlight will damage your garden hose no matter what quality it is – it will just take a little longer with a more expensive brand. Find a location such as under your roof eaves or similar to store it in full shade.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Don’t let your pets play with it.</strong> Dogs and cats that regularly tangle with your garden hose will inevitably split it or puncture it in some form. Once a hose is punctured the only repair you can do to it is cut off the damaged end.</li>\n</ul>\nTo sum it all up, the more you spend on a garden hose the more likely it will last. Buy some decent attachments and look after it well and your garden hose will reward you for many years to come.', 'The Garden Hose Review', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '866-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:01:13', '2021-11-05 11:01:13', '', 866, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=868', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(869, 1, '2021-11-05 07:01:24', '2021-11-05 11:01:24', 'Apart from fighting a tangled garden hose, the next most annoying frustration for a gardener is dealing with a hose that’s developed a kink. When a hose has kinked once it’s more likely to repeat the problem over and over again until you throw your hands up in frustration, throw it away and go and buy a kink free hose.\n\nBefore you get to that point there is one solution that might just keep that budget hose hanging around your place a little longer.\n\nThe idea is to brace the kink much like you would try to do with a broken leg. If you can spare some of the current hose then cut of a length of about 10cm (4in) – preferably at one of the ends. Then, cut a slit lengthways along the shortened piece and slide it over the area that is kinked. This will then act as a splint for the hose and you should be able to keep watering without having to free your hose from that kink again.\n\nIf you can’t spare a piece of your current garden hose, and there isn’t an old one laying around the yard, then a piece of poly-tubing (black reticulation pipe) will also work just as effectively. And, if you find that neither solution has remedied the problem and the kink is far worse than expected, then a piece of PVC piping will solve the problem once and for all.\n<h2>How to fix a tangled hose</h2>\nOk, now you’re getting the benefit of 2 tips for the price of one!\n\nAt the start of this post, I mentioned how frustrating a tangled hose was for the home gardener. Well, there is a way to fix this too. But, before I do, I need to point out that the main reason a hose tangles is because it has been stored incorrectly. Leaving it laying on the ground in a piled up mess will certainly contribute to this problem. So, instead, go and get yourself a garden hose reel that will keep your hose in shape for the length of its natural life.\n\nOnce a hose has become tangled it’s near-on impossible to revert it back in a way that’s useful. But, the quickest way to make it malleable enough to put onto a hose reel is to leave it in the sun. Pull the complete hose out into an area where the sun is shining and leave for about an hour. When you come back the hose should be soft and pliable and much more willing to submit to your storage needs.\n\nIf sun isn’t something you see a lot of, then try leaving the hose in a bath of hot water until it becomes just as pliable.\nAnd there it is, a few ways to keep your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/the-garden-hose-review/\">garden hose</a> working longer for you and with far less hassles. Do you know of any other tips that could alleviate gardener-hose-stress?', 'How To Fix a Hose Kink', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '864-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:01:24', '2021-11-05 11:01:24', '', 864, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=869', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(870, 1, '2021-11-05 07:01:46', '2021-11-05 11:01:46', 'Like the spade, the hoe and the wheelbarrow no garden completely covers the basics without a garden hose. They are the lifeline, possibly better described as the ‘umbilical cord’, of any garden.\n\nYet while we can’t live without them I’m sure there have been many times we’ve sworn at them or let our calm dispositions become distanced somewhat. Trying to untangle a rogue garden hose is actually tougher than fighting an Amazonian boa – just trust me on that one!\n\n[caption id=\"attachment_867\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"size-full wp-image-867\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/flexogen-garden-hose-300x300-1.jpg\" alt=\"Claimed as &quot;The Last Hose You\'ll Ever Buy&quot;\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\" /> Claimed as \"The Last Hose You\'ll Ever Buy\"[/caption]\n\nSo, which garden hoses are the best? Well, you can continue reading or you can head over to my Garden Hose aStore where I’ve compiled a list of some of the best hoses and <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2008/04/spray_nozzles_tips_on_choosing_the_right_garden_hose_fitting.html\">hose fittings</a> you will need to start out.\n<h2>Which Garden Hose?</h2>\nThe range of garden hoses available today can cater for almost any fussy decision maker but it’s hard to know which is the best hose for your situation. Is there any difference between a cheap hose and one that’s more expensive? Should I buy a no-kink, coiled or budget hose? Are brass fittings better than plastic?\n\nWith so many variables, the market for garden hoses can seem a little overwhelming.\n<h2>Cheap Garden Hoses vs Expensive Alternatives?</h2>\nThis totally depends on you and your gardening style. If you already have your own water reticulation system set up then a budget hose that you use on limited occasions may be the way to go. On the other hand if you use your garden hose on a daily basis then spending a little more will save you a heap of stress.\nMany of the cheaper garden hoses just don’t stand up to the rigours of gardening use. <a href=\"http://www.choice.com.au/\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">Choice Australia</a>, in a recent review summarised their findings as;\n<blockquote>There’s a relationship between price and performance: it seems you need to pay at least A$35 [US$28] to get a good hose (though even that’s not a guarantee). Below that it’s pretty hit-and-miss…</blockquote>\nThe old adage “You get what you pay for” definitely applies to garden hoses. So what about the more expensive brands…does it matter which one and if I pay the most does it ensure that it is the best?\nNot entirely. The most expensive garden hoses can be just as good as a reasonably priced hose and the difference in pricing is merely a marketing strategy. But, there are definitely some valid points to consider when selecting a good quality hose for your garden.\n\nAs most garden hoses are tightly packaged with fittings attached it becomes a difficult proposition to test them so if possible find a garden centre that has them on display out of their packaging.\nHere’s what to look for…\n<ul>\n 	<li><strong>A good quality hose won’t kink so try bending it.</strong> If it’s difficult to bend or the plastic rebounds quickly without any noticeable effect on the hose then it’s more likely to be a superior quality hose.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Inspect the thickness of the hose.</strong> A thicker hose is less likely to be split, can handle more water pressure and won’t kink if left in the sun.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Check it’s UV rating.</strong> Most hoses are now specifying what levels of UV light they can withstand. The higher the better.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Check the attachments.</strong> If they’re loose or appear cheap and nasty it’s a good indication that the manufacturer is cutting costs and has probably done the same with the hose.</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>Which Hose Attachments Are Best?</h2>\nIs plastic as good as brass fittings? The answer is definitely no but this doesn’t mean that you must have brass fittings on your garden hose. As with selecting a hose it all depends on how much you’re likely to use it.\n\nIf your garden hose will mainly sit on the reel and see action sparingly then plastic fittings may be all you need. However, if you use your garden hose on a regular basis then it makes sense to invest in some quality fittings for it.\n\nThe only word of caution is that as brass is a metal it will heat up if left in the sun so take this into account if your hose regularly finds itself being exposed to sunlight.\n<h2>How Do I Look After My Garden Hose?</h2>\n<ul>\n 	<li><strong>Store it on a reel.</strong> The best way to keep kinks out of your hose and to maintain it is to store it on a reel. This will help maintain its shape and keep the plastic or rubber from wrapping contortedly.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Keep it out of the sun.</strong> Sunlight will damage your garden hose no matter what quality it is – it will just take a little longer with a more expensive brand. Find a location such as under your roof eaves or similar to store it in full shade.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Don’t let your pets play with it.</strong> Dogs and cats that regularly tangle with your garden hose will inevitably split it or puncture it in some form. Once a hose is punctured the only repair you can do to it is cut off the damaged end.</li>\n</ul>\nTo sum it all up, the more you spend on a garden hose the more likely it will last. Buy some decent attachments and look after it well and your garden hose will reward you for many years to come.', 'The Garden Hose Review', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '866-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:01:46', '2021-11-05 11:01:46', '', 866, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=870', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(871, 1, '2008-04-18 07:02:00', '2008-04-18 11:02:00', 'As a self-confessed gadget obsessive, I’m both optimistic and cynical when new products hit the market. Not that garden spray nozzles are particularly new but as hose fittings they’ve come a long way since the technological achievements of the twist head sprayer.\n\nIn fact, it was probably the twist head that paved the way for these new fan-dangled multi-sprayers. Where once we were excited with the amount of control we could brandish over our watering tasks, we can no longer settle for gradual increments from jet to spray. It always has to be more.\n\nAdmittedly I’ve tried a number of these multi sprayers with varying degrees of success – and obviously contributed more than my fair share to landfill. Which highlights the problems of not choosing your garden hose fittings carefully. The less you spend almost guarantees its destiny with the garbage bin. But then spending more won’t necessarily safeguard you against throwing your hands up in despair – and the spray nozzle in the trash.\n<h3>What to look for in a quality spray nozzle</h3>\nThe best hose fittings usually have similar redeeming qualities, such as;\n<ul>\n 	<li>Brass Mechanisms – offering more resistance to seizing and rust, brass mechanisms are better able to handle the rigours of service we expect from our garden tools. At the very least, the pin that levers open the nozzle should be brass and if possible the male hose attachment should also be brass (but I’ve found good ones without the latter option).</li>\n 	<li>Hard Plastic – especially the lever that activates the brass pin. If this isn’t sturdy – and unfortunately it probably won’t be recyclable – then you will only ever get one season out of your nozzle.</li>\n 	<li>Molded Hand Grip – this is a necessity if you plan to spend more than 10 minutes watering your garden each day. Many of the good ones have now added softer grips as well to ease any undue strain on your hands</li>\n 	<li>Always-on Clip – these are essential for long watering stints. Holding a lever against a spring for long periods can cause stress on your hand muscles. The Always-on clip can be set once you’re into your watering process saving copious amounts of pain.</li>\n</ul>\nOnce you’ve found a good spray nozzle the next task is deciphering what all those options are used for. Most combinations available today are similar, even if they’re not labeled the same and most sprayers will feature 4,6, 7 or 9 differing combinations. Which is best? The jury is still out on that one but for me, I’m enamoured with my 6 pattern.\n\nThis is what it offers and how to use each option;\n<ol>\n 	<li><strong>Jet </strong>– while I don’t waste precious water hosing down my driveway every week there are always tasks that require a little more pressure than just dribbling water through a hose. Cleaning buckets, tools, the wheelbarrow etc seem to take a little more forcefulness. Plus, this pattern gives you the option where needed to blast some unwanted lichen from your patio bricks or hose down your compost tumbler. In reality, the main purpose of the jet option is for cleaning more than watering.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Shower</strong> – a handy choice for watering your established perennials that can handle some aggressive action. It delivers water efficiently around the root ball of the plant and helps with those where watering the foliage is also desirable.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Flat</strong> – this produces a flat, almost horizontal spray that works much like a water sprayer used on raodworks. It’s a great option for bedding in seeds especially in the veggie patch and while you probably won’t use this option much, it is handy if it’s available.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Cone</strong> – similar to the Shower pattern, the Cone differs only in that it doesn’t water the foliage <em>per se</em>. It can deliver water to the roots of the plants in a fashion that’s less aggressive than the Shower option and will apply less to the foliage than to the root ball.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Soaker</strong> – I always wondered the purpose of this option until I transplanted some seedlings in the garden. The Soaker option is a must for this chore because it delivers a heap of water very gently around the base of each plant. It does the same for planting any of your plants ensuring that any air pockets within the soil are quickly eradicated.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Mist</strong> – the final option on my 6 pattern is Mist and it doesn’t really need any introduction. Useful for container plants and soft-foliage herbs it’s a must for any spray nozzle. This option is also great for keeping your seedling trays moist where you don’t require a lot of water.</li>\n</ol>\nSo, just when you thought buying garden hose fittings was a no-brainer there seems to be more to consider than just price. Choose a spray nozzle that will last for your purposes and offers as much as you require.', 'Spray Nozzles: Tips on choosing the right garden hose fittings', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'spray-nozzles-tips-on-choosing-the-right-garden-hose-fittings', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:05:49', '2021-11-05 11:05:49', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=871', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(873, 1, '2021-11-05 07:05:48', '2021-11-05 11:05:48', 'As a self-confessed gadget obsessive, I’m both optimistic and cynical when new products hit the market. Not that garden spray nozzles are particularly new but as hose fittings they’ve come a long way since the technological achievements of the twist head sprayer.\n\nIn fact, it was probably the twist head that paved the way for these new fan-dangled multi-sprayers. Where once we were excited with the amount of control we could brandish over our watering tasks, we can no longer settle for gradual increments from jet to spray. It always has to be more.\n\nAdmittedly I’ve tried a number of these multi sprayers with varying degrees of success – and obviously contributed more than my fair share to landfill. Which highlights the problems of not choosing your garden hose fittings carefully. The less you spend almost guarantees its destiny with the garbage bin. But then spending more won’t necessarily safeguard you against throwing your hands up in despair – and the spray nozzle in the trash.\n<h3>What to look for in a quality spray nozzle</h3>\nThe best hose fittings usually have similar redeeming qualities, such as;\n<ul>\n 	<li>Brass Mechanisms – offering more resistance to seizing and rust, brass mechanisms are better able to handle the rigours of service we expect from our garden tools. At the very least, the pin that levers open the nozzle should be brass and if possible the male hose attachment should also be brass (but I’ve found good ones without the latter option).</li>\n 	<li>Hard Plastic – especially the lever that activates the brass pin. If this isn’t sturdy – and unfortunately it probably won’t be recyclable – then you will only ever get one season out of your nozzle.</li>\n 	<li>Molded Hand Grip – this is a necessity if you plan to spend more than 10 minutes watering your garden each day. Many of the good ones have now added softer grips as well to ease any undue strain on your hands</li>\n 	<li>Always-on Clip – these are essential for long watering stints. Holding a lever against a spring for long periods can cause stress on your hand muscles. The Always-on clip can be set once you’re into your watering process saving copious amounts of pain.</li>\n</ul>\nOnce you’ve found a good spray nozzle the next task is deciphering what all those options are used for. Most combinations available today are similar, even if they’re not labeled the same and most sprayers will feature 4,6, 7 or 9 differing combinations. Which is best? The jury is still out on that one but for me, I’m enamoured with my 6 pattern.\n\nThis is what it offers and how to use each option;\n<ol>\n 	<li><strong>Jet </strong>– while I don’t waste precious water hosing down my driveway every week there are always tasks that require a little more pressure than just dribbling water through a hose. Cleaning buckets, tools, the wheelbarrow etc seem to take a little more forcefulness. Plus, this pattern gives you the option where needed to blast some unwanted lichen from your patio bricks or hose down your compost tumbler. In reality, the main purpose of the jet option is for cleaning more than watering.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Shower</strong> – a handy choice for watering your established perennials that can handle some aggressive action. It delivers water efficiently around the root ball of the plant and helps with those where watering the foliage is also desirable.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Flat</strong> – this produces a flat, almost horizontal spray that works much like a water sprayer used on raodworks. It’s a great option for bedding in seeds especially in the veggie patch and while you probably won’t use this option much, it is handy if it’s available.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Cone</strong> – similar to the Shower pattern, the Cone differs only in that it doesn’t water the foliage <em>per se</em>. It can deliver water to the roots of the plants in a fashion that’s less aggressive than the Shower option and will apply less to the foliage than to the root ball.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Soaker</strong> – I always wondered the purpose of this option until I transplanted some seedlings in the garden. The Soaker option is a must for this chore because it delivers a heap of water very gently around the base of each plant. It does the same for planting any of your plants ensuring that any air pockets within the soil are quickly eradicated.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Mist</strong> – the final option on my 6 pattern is Mist and it doesn’t really need any introduction. Useful for container plants and soft-foliage herbs it’s a must for any spray nozzle. This option is also great for keeping your seedling trays moist where you don’t require a lot of water.</li>\n</ol>\nSo, just when you thought buying garden hose fittings was a no-brainer there seems to be more to consider than just price. Choose a spray nozzle that will last for your purposes and offers as much as you require.', 'Spray Nozzles: Tips on choosing the right garden hose fittings', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '871-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:05:48', '2021-11-05 11:05:48', '', 871, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=873', 0, 'revision', '', 0);
INSERT INTO `wp_posts` (`ID`, `post_author`, `post_date`, `post_date_gmt`, `post_content`, `post_title`, `post_excerpt`, `post_status`, `comment_status`, `ping_status`, `post_password`, `post_name`, `to_ping`, `pinged`, `post_modified`, `post_modified_gmt`, `post_content_filtered`, `post_parent`, `guid`, `menu_order`, `post_type`, `post_mime_type`, `comment_count`) VALUES
(874, 1, '2021-11-05 07:06:07', '2021-11-05 11:06:07', 'Like the spade, the hoe and the wheelbarrow no garden completely covers the basics without a garden hose. They are the lifeline, possibly better described as the ‘umbilical cord’, of any garden.\n\nYet while we can’t live without them I’m sure there have been many times we’ve sworn at them or let our calm dispositions become distanced somewhat. Trying to untangle a rogue garden hose is actually tougher than fighting an Amazonian boa – just trust me on that one!\n\n[caption id=\"attachment_867\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"size-full wp-image-867\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/flexogen-garden-hose-300x300-1.jpg\" alt=\"Claimed as &quot;The Last Hose You\'ll Ever Buy&quot;\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\" /> Claimed as \"The Last Hose You\'ll Ever Buy\"[/caption]\n\nSo, which garden hoses are the best? Well, you can continue reading or you can head over to my Garden Hose aStore where I’ve compiled a list of some of the best hoses and <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/spray-nozzles-tips-on-choosing-the-right-garden-hose-fittings/\">hose fittings</a> you will need to start out.\n<h2>Which Garden Hose?</h2>\nThe range of garden hoses available today can cater for almost any fussy decision maker but it’s hard to know which is the best hose for your situation. Is there any difference between a cheap hose and one that’s more expensive? Should I buy a no-kink, coiled or budget hose? Are brass fittings better than plastic?\n\nWith so many variables, the market for garden hoses can seem a little overwhelming.\n<h2>Cheap Garden Hoses vs Expensive Alternatives?</h2>\nThis totally depends on you and your gardening style. If you already have your own water reticulation system set up then a budget hose that you use on limited occasions may be the way to go. On the other hand if you use your garden hose on a daily basis then spending a little more will save you a heap of stress.\nMany of the cheaper garden hoses just don’t stand up to the rigours of gardening use. <a href=\"https://www.choice.com.au/\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">Choice Australia</a>, in a recent review summarised their findings as;\n<blockquote>There’s a relationship between price and performance: it seems you need to pay at least A$35 [US$28] to get a good hose (though even that’s not a guarantee). Below that it’s pretty hit-and-miss…</blockquote>\nThe old adage “You get what you pay for” definitely applies to garden hoses. So what about the more expensive brands…does it matter which one and if I pay the most does it ensure that it is the best?\nNot entirely. The most expensive garden hoses can be just as good as a reasonably priced hose and the difference in pricing is merely a marketing strategy. But, there are definitely some valid points to consider when selecting a good quality hose for your garden.\n\nAs most garden hoses are tightly packaged with fittings attached it becomes a difficult proposition to test them so if possible find a garden centre that has them on display out of their packaging.\nHere’s what to look for…\n<ul>\n 	<li><strong>A good quality hose won’t kink so try bending it.</strong> If it’s difficult to bend or the plastic rebounds quickly without any noticeable effect on the hose then it’s more likely to be a superior quality hose.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Inspect the thickness of the hose.</strong> A thicker hose is less likely to be split, can handle more water pressure and won’t kink if left in the sun.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Check it’s UV rating.</strong> Most hoses are now specifying what levels of UV light they can withstand. The higher the better.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Check the attachments.</strong> If they’re loose or appear cheap and nasty it’s a good indication that the manufacturer is cutting costs and has probably done the same with the hose.</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>Which Hose Attachments Are Best?</h2>\nIs plastic as good as brass fittings? The answer is definitely no but this doesn’t mean that you must have brass fittings on your garden hose. As with selecting a hose it all depends on how much you’re likely to use it.\n\nIf your garden hose will mainly sit on the reel and see action sparingly then plastic fittings may be all you need. However, if you use your garden hose on a regular basis then it makes sense to invest in some quality fittings for it.\n\nThe only word of caution is that as brass is a metal it will heat up if left in the sun so take this into account if your hose regularly finds itself being exposed to sunlight.\n<h2>How Do I Look After My Garden Hose?</h2>\n<ul>\n 	<li><strong>Store it on a reel.</strong> The best way to keep kinks out of your hose and to maintain it is to store it on a reel. This will help maintain its shape and keep the plastic or rubber from wrapping contortedly.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Keep it out of the sun.</strong> Sunlight will damage your garden hose no matter what quality it is – it will just take a little longer with a more expensive brand. Find a location such as under your roof eaves or similar to store it in full shade.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Don’t let your pets play with it.</strong> Dogs and cats that regularly tangle with your garden hose will inevitably split it or puncture it in some form. Once a hose is punctured the only repair you can do to it is cut off the damaged end.</li>\n</ul>\nTo sum it all up, the more you spend on a garden hose the more likely it will last. Buy some decent attachments and look after it well and your garden hose will reward you for many years to come.', 'The Garden Hose Review', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '866-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:06:07', '2021-11-05 11:06:07', '', 866, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=874', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(875, 1, '2009-03-18 07:06:00', '2009-03-18 11:06:00', 'Most of us gardeners have grown up using traditional pipe garden hoses - the round ones that resemble over-sized spaghetti. We\'ve fought with the kinks, the wanton disobedience when trying to wrap them up and even questioned the amount of lead that some contain. They are the quintessential tool in our yards but they could be usurped by the growing demand for a flat garden hose.\n\nYes, the flat garden hose already exists - and have done so for a few decades. But their popularity has never taken off for a number of reasons. First, the initial options were cheap and of poor quality. They were very easily punctured and fittings and repair kits were either unavailable or hard to obtain. Most of the offerings were plastic and seamed with glue which meant they didn\'t take long to leak or rupture completely.\n\nThe second reason for their lack of market penetration as they were too darned hard to roll up. In the packet they looked \"snug as a bug\" but once you\'ve used them it was like trying to get a tent back into it\'s original bag - not going to happen!\n\nHowever, today\'s flat garden hose is a distant cousin - one that\'s less recognisable and holds fewer remnants of the family\'s genetic pool. Nowadays they\'re tougher, better constructed and have most of their problems ironed out. But can they compete with our round garden hoses?\n<h2>What are the Pros and Cons of the Flat Garden Hose?</h2>\n<u>Pros:</u>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li>As their name suggests, they\'re flat. This makes it easier to pull out from a reel and also to pack up. Without a reel you\'re probably wasting your time as these will curl and contort better than a swami trying to escape a straight jacket. But their flat-ness gives them the benefit of saving space.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li>They can handle being run over much better than their round counterparts. If you often have to cross a driveway with a hose and chances of it being straddled by the family car are common, then this is the hose for you.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li>More resistant to kinks. They\'re not completely impervious to the odd kink especially if you let your children play with it but they seem to be less likely to contract this dreaded hose disease.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li>Usually cheaper. For some reason it seems that the construction of round walls on a garden hose require more architecture and therefore increase the price. These flat alternatives offer just as strong construction but without all the fabric inlays that keep normal hoses round.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<u>Cons:</u>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li>One of the big downsides of the flat garden hose is the ease in which it can be punctured. The prong of a garden fork may bounce off a round hose but it will always sink deep into the surface area of the flat option. Most hoses are becoming tougher these days but it still pays to be mindful where they in the garden.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li>Flat garden hoses don\'t go around corners too well. Obviously due to their shape they\'re not as maneuverable as their round peers so meandering through garden beds, landscape features and the like can often be fraught with problems - and make them more vulnerable punctures. In a straight line these hoses are perfect but corners and curves seem to throw them a little.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>Storing a flat garden hose</h2>\nAs mentioned earlier, trying to store a flat garden hose without a reel is almost not worth the effort. They are very difficult to keep in any orderly form without one but are much easier to store than a round hose when a reel is provided. Like any hose, the flat option is best stored away from harmful UV rays and out of the weather.\n\nProvided you look after it well, a flat garden hose should last as long, if not longer, than the traditional round hose.\n\n<u>UPDATE:</u>\n\nI\'ve added a new page completely dedicated to flat garden hoses at my Garden Hose Astore if you\'re interested in seeing what products are now available.', 'What is a Flat Garden Hose?', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'what-is-a-flat-garden-hose', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:09:31', '2021-11-05 11:09:31', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=875', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(876, 1, '2021-11-05 07:09:09', '2021-11-05 11:09:09', 'Most of us gardeners have grown up using traditional pipe garden hoses - the round ones that resemble over-sized spaghetti. We\'ve fought with the kinks, the wanton disobedience when trying to wrap them up and even questioned the amount of lead that some contain. They are the quintessential tool in our yards but they could be usurped by the growing demand for a flat garden hose.\n\nYes, the flat garden hose already exists - and have done so for a few decades. But their popularity has never taken off for a number of reasons. First, the initial options were cheap and of poor quality. They were very easily punctured and fittings and repair kits were either unavailable or hard to obtain. Most of the offerings were plastic and seamed with glue which meant they didn\'t take long to leak or rupture completely.\n\nThe second reason for their lack of market penetration as they were too darned hard to roll up. In the packet they looked \"snug as a bug\" but once you\'ve used them it was like trying to get a tent back into it\'s original bag - not going to happen!\n\nHowever, today\'s flat garden hose is a distant cousin - one that\'s less recognisable and holds fewer remnants of the family\'s genetic pool. Nowadays they\'re tougher, better constructed and have most of their problems ironed out. But can they compete with our round garden hoses?\n<h2>What are the Pros and Cons of the Flat Garden Hose?</h2>\n<u>Pros:</u>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li>As their name suggests, they\'re flat. This makes it easier to pull out from a reel and also to pack up. Without a reel you\'re probably wasting your time as these will curl and contort better than a swami trying to escape a straight jacket. But their flat-ness gives them the benefit of saving space.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li>They can handle being run over much better than their round counterparts. If you often have to cross a driveway with a hose and chances of it being straddled by the family car are common, then this is the hose for you.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li>More resistant to kinks. They\'re not completely impervious to the odd kink especially if you let your children play with it but they seem to be less likely to contract this dreaded hose disease.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li>Usually cheaper. For some reason it seems that the construction of round walls on a garden hose require more architecture and therefore increase the price. These flat alternatives offer just as strong construction but without all the fabric inlays that keep normal hoses round.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<u>Cons:</u>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li>One of the big downsides of the flat garden hose is the ease in which it can be punctured. The prong of a garden fork may bounce off a round hose but it will always sink deep into the surface area of the flat option. Most hoses are becoming tougher these days but it still pays to be mindful where they in the garden.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li>Flat garden hoses don\'t go around corners too well. Obviously due to their shape they\'re not as maneuverable as their round peers so meandering through garden beds, landscape features and the like can often be fraught with problems - and make them more vulnerable punctures. In a straight line these hoses are perfect but corners and curves seem to throw them a little.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>Storing a flat garden hose</h2>\nAs mentioned earlier, trying to store a flat garden hose without a reel is almost not worth the effort. They are very difficult to keep in any orderly form without one but are much easier to store than a round hose when a reel is provided. Like any hose, the flat option is best stored away from harmful UV rays and out of the weather.\n\nProvided you look after it well, a flat garden hose should last as long, if not longer, than the traditional round hose.\n\n<u>UPDATE:</u>\n\nI\'ve added a new page completely dedicated to flat garden hoses at my <a href=\"http://astore.amazon.com/gardeningtipsnideas-20\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">Garden Hose Astore</a> if you\'re interested in seeing what products are now available.', 'What is a Flat Garden Hose?', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '875-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:09:09', '2021-11-05 11:09:09', '', 875, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=876', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(877, 1, '2021-11-05 07:09:30', '2021-11-05 11:09:30', 'Most of us gardeners have grown up using traditional pipe garden hoses - the round ones that resemble over-sized spaghetti. We\'ve fought with the kinks, the wanton disobedience when trying to wrap them up and even questioned the amount of lead that some contain. They are the quintessential tool in our yards but they could be usurped by the growing demand for a flat garden hose.\n\nYes, the flat garden hose already exists - and have done so for a few decades. But their popularity has never taken off for a number of reasons. First, the initial options were cheap and of poor quality. They were very easily punctured and fittings and repair kits were either unavailable or hard to obtain. Most of the offerings were plastic and seamed with glue which meant they didn\'t take long to leak or rupture completely.\n\nThe second reason for their lack of market penetration as they were too darned hard to roll up. In the packet they looked \"snug as a bug\" but once you\'ve used them it was like trying to get a tent back into it\'s original bag - not going to happen!\n\nHowever, today\'s flat garden hose is a distant cousin - one that\'s less recognisable and holds fewer remnants of the family\'s genetic pool. Nowadays they\'re tougher, better constructed and have most of their problems ironed out. But can they compete with our round garden hoses?\n<h2>What are the Pros and Cons of the Flat Garden Hose?</h2>\n<u>Pros:</u>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li>As their name suggests, they\'re flat. This makes it easier to pull out from a reel and also to pack up. Without a reel you\'re probably wasting your time as these will curl and contort better than a swami trying to escape a straight jacket. But their flat-ness gives them the benefit of saving space.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li>They can handle being run over much better than their round counterparts. If you often have to cross a driveway with a hose and chances of it being straddled by the family car are common, then this is the hose for you.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li>More resistant to kinks. They\'re not completely impervious to the odd kink especially if you let your children play with it but they seem to be less likely to contract this dreaded hose disease.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li>Usually cheaper. For some reason it seems that the construction of round walls on a garden hose require more architecture and therefore increase the price. These flat alternatives offer just as strong construction but without all the fabric inlays that keep normal hoses round.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<u>Cons:</u>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li>One of the big downsides of the flat garden hose is the ease in which it can be punctured. The prong of a garden fork may bounce off a round hose but it will always sink deep into the surface area of the flat option. Most hoses are becoming tougher these days but it still pays to be mindful where they in the garden.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li>Flat garden hoses don\'t go around corners too well. Obviously due to their shape they\'re not as maneuverable as their round peers so meandering through garden beds, landscape features and the like can often be fraught with problems - and make them more vulnerable punctures. In a straight line these hoses are perfect but corners and curves seem to throw them a little.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>Storing a flat garden hose</h2>\nAs mentioned earlier, trying to store a flat garden hose without a reel is almost not worth the effort. They are very difficult to keep in any orderly form without one but are much easier to store than a round hose when a reel is provided. Like any hose, the flat option is best stored away from harmful UV rays and out of the weather.\n\nProvided you look after it well, a flat garden hose should last as long, if not longer, than the traditional round hose.\n\n<u>UPDATE:</u>\n\nI\'ve added a new page completely dedicated to flat garden hoses at my Garden Hose Astore if you\'re interested in seeing what products are now available.', 'What is a Flat Garden Hose?', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '875-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:09:30', '2021-11-05 11:09:30', '', 875, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=877', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(878, 1, '2021-11-05 07:11:29', '2021-11-05 11:11:29', 'In Australia, the privet plant has been on the noxious weed list for quite some time and is unavailable to buy from nurseries. The reason: it grows too well in our conditions and can grow so easily from seed that it is taking over our native Australian plants and kill them.\n\nEach privet plant produces thousands of blue-black berries that are irresistible to birds. They carry them off and wherever the seed falls it will most likely germinate. As the privet is a dense forming plant, the reason we grow them as a hedge, they will block out the sunlight from other plants and eventually smother them.\n\nIf you have inherited a privet hedge or you had one growing prior to the privet being registered as a noxious weed the responsible action to take would be to ensure that they are pruned prior to setting seed. If you are hedging your privet already this shouldn’t be an onerous task merely part of your current hedge maintenance.\n\nIf you want to grow a privet hedge in Australia the species you need to grow is&nbsp;<em>Ligustrum undulatum</em>. This variety doesn’t grow berries and is not invasive.\nFor those who don’t live in countries where privets are outlawed read on for how to successfully grow and prune privets as a hedge.\n\nThe privet,&nbsp;<em>Ligustrum</em>, is a native of china and comes in a few varieties. The two most popular types are the small-leafed privet,&nbsp;<em>Ligustrum sinense</em>, and the large-leafed privet,&nbsp;<em>Ligustrum lucidum</em>. They both produce spring-flowers that are widely known for causing grief for hayfever sufferers.\n<h3>How to plant a privet hedge</h3>\nTo plant a privet hedge select at least year-old stock and space them about 30cm (12in) apart and at least 45cm(18in) away from a boundary. To plant them, follow the guidelines in this&nbsp;<a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/how-to-plant-a-shrub/\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">article</a>&nbsp;watering well.\n\nThe best time to plant your privets would be in the spring and this is also a good time to fertilise using a good slow-release fertiliser (sheep manure is ideal). You shouldn’t need to mulch the soil as the hedge when it’s grown but as it begins to grow this may be helpful for water retention and suppression of weeds.\n<h3>How to prune your privet hedge</h3>\nThe start of spring is also the ideal time for pruning your hedge. The ideal site to look at in terms of pruning is&nbsp;<a href=\"https://www.hort.purdue.edu/ext/HO-27.pdf\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">Purdue University’s Department of Horticulture</a>, which gives a 6 year pruning diagram for hedges.\n\nEach year your privet hedge will require pruning after the initial shaping and this can be done easily with a mechanical hedge trimmer or pair of pruning shears.', 'How to Grow a Privet Hedge', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '847-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:11:29', '2021-11-05 11:11:29', '', 847, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=878', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(879, 1, '2012-01-24 07:13:00', '2012-01-24 12:13:00', 'Should you consider a Rototiller rental or “bite the bullet” and buy one outright? Hopefully after reading this post you should have considered all the pertinent factors and make the right decision.\n\nHard, compacted soil is the bane of gardening projects. In order to thrive, plants need rich, fertile and well-turned soil. Turning the soil with a spade or shovel is a back-breaking and time-consuming affair. Motorized rototillers have heavy-duty tines that do the digging for you, making quick work of an otherwise labor-intensive task.\n\nThe perfect implement for preparing ground for planting, as well as for a variety of other garden tasks, is a tiller. A rototiller may seem like a must-have garden tool. Purchasing a tiller, however, requires a substantial investment. In many cases, rototiller rental is a better option. Careful consideration of several factors can help you determine whether it’s better to buy or rent a rototiller.\n<h2>Consider Your Gardening Objectives</h2>\nA tiller is an essential soil-preparation tool. If you’re preparing an area of your garden for planting, you’ll need to ensure that the soil is rich, loose and drainable. This not only promotes root growth but ensures that the roots have easy access to water and nutrients. Vegetable gardens and beds of annuals only have a limited time to produce or flower. They need optimum soil conditions to grow quickly and to produce the best results.\n\nSoil preparation, however, is not a regular garden task. If you’re preparing soil for a lawn, for example, you may only need to undertake the chore once. Even if you need to prepare the soil for a vegetable garden once or twice each year, it’s hard to justify the expense of purchasing a tiller<img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B004J17F2W\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> for a tool that you’ll rarely use. Rototiller rental may be a better option.\n<h2>Matching a Tiller to the Task at Hand</h2>\nRototillers should be chosen based on the size and task requirements of the garden. Front-tine tillers are a good choice for tilling established gardens and for general maintenance chores. Rear-tine tillers can handle breaking through untilled soil and can till large areas quickly. As the engine drives the wheels, they require less physical effort.\n\nIf you’re thinking of buying a rototiller to till the soil between garden rows routinely and you can afford the expense, purchasing a cultivator tiller can be a good option. Although they are smaller and lighter than front-tine or rear-tine tillers, cultivators are comparable to larger tillers in price.\n<h2>The Case for Rototiller Rental</h2>\nWhen a rototiller will only be used once or twice a year, rototiller rental is a better bargain. Rental companies can offer you the opportunity to use top-of-the-line products. The best tillers will not only be easier to operate but will also perform the work faster and safely. You’ll have the expertise of the rental company professionals to guide you to the right tiller for your garden as well. The cost of maintenance is another consideration. It takes time and money to keep a tiller working efficiently and effectively.\n\nFor large gardens that require monthly tilling tasks, purchasing a rototiller can be a good option if you’re willing to store and maintain the tool and can afford the upfront cost. Otherwise, rototiller rental is an ideal solution.', 'RotoTiller Rental | Buying vs Hiring', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'rototiller-rental', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:18:42', '2021-11-05 11:18:42', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=879', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(880, 1, '2021-11-05 07:16:02', '2021-11-05 11:16:02', '', 'rototiller-rental', 'A Rototiller Rental May Be a Better Idea Than Buying One Outright', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'rototiller-rental', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:16:09', '2021-11-05 11:16:09', '', 879, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/rototiller-rental.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(881, 1, '2021-11-05 07:17:48', '2021-11-05 11:17:48', 'Should you consider a Rototiller rental or “bite the bullet” and buy one outright? Hopefully after reading this post you should have considered all the pertinent factors and make the right decision.\n\nHard, compacted soil is the bane of gardening projects. In order to thrive, plants need rich, fertile and well-turned soil. Turning the soil with a spade or shovel is a back-breaking and time-consuming affair. Motorized rototillers have heavy-duty tines that do the digging for you, making quick work of an otherwise labor-intensive task.\n\nThe perfect implement for preparing ground for planting, as well as for a variety of other garden tasks, is a tiller. A rototiller may seem like a must-have garden tool. Purchasing a tiller, however, requires a substantial investment. In many cases, rototiller rental is a better option. Careful consideration of several factors can help you determine whether it’s better to buy or rent a rototiller.\n<h2>Consider Your Gardening Objectives</h2>\nA tiller is an essential soil-preparation tool. If you’re preparing an area of your garden for planting, you’ll need to ensure that the soil is rich, loose and drainable. This not only promotes root growth but ensures that the roots have easy access to water and nutrients. Vegetable gardens and beds of annuals only have a limited time to produce or flower. They need optimum soil conditions to grow quickly and to produce the best results.\n\nSoil preparation, however, is not a regular garden task. If you’re preparing soil for a lawn, for example, you may only need to undertake the chore once. Even if you need to prepare the soil for a vegetable garden once or twice each year, it’s hard to justify the expense of <a href=\"http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B004J17F2W/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=amatgardforno-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B004J17F2W\">purchasing a tiller</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B004J17F2W\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> for a tool that you’ll rarely use. Rototiller rental may be a better option.\n<h2>Matching a Tiller to the Task at Hand</h2>\nRototillers should be chosen based on the size and task requirements of the garden. Front-tine tillers are a good choice for tilling established gardens and for general maintenance chores. Rear-tine tillers can handle breaking through untilled soil and can till large areas quickly. As the engine drives the wheels, they require less physical effort.\n\nIf you’re thinking of buying a rototiller to till the soil between garden rows routinely and you can afford the expense, purchasing a cultivator tiller can be a good option. Although they are smaller and lighter than front-tine or rear-tine tillers, cultivators are comparable to larger tillers in price.\n<h2>The Case for Rototiller Rental</h2>\nWhen a rototiller will only be used once or twice a year, rototiller rental is a better bargain. Rental companies can offer you the opportunity to use top-of-the-line products. The best tillers will not only be easier to operate but will also perform the work faster and safely. You’ll have the expertise of the rental company professionals to guide you to the right tiller for your garden as well. The cost of maintenance is another consideration. It takes time and money to keep a tiller working efficiently and effectively.\n\nFor large gardens that require monthly tilling tasks, purchasing a rototiller can be a good option if you’re willing to store and maintain the tool and can afford the upfront cost. Otherwise, rototiller rental is an ideal solution.', 'RotoTiller Rental | Buying vs Hiring', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '879-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:17:48', '2021-11-05 11:17:48', '', 879, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=881', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(882, 1, '2021-11-05 07:18:41', '2021-11-05 11:18:41', 'Should you consider a Rototiller rental or “bite the bullet” and buy one outright? Hopefully after reading this post you should have considered all the pertinent factors and make the right decision.\n\nHard, compacted soil is the bane of gardening projects. In order to thrive, plants need rich, fertile and well-turned soil. Turning the soil with a spade or shovel is a back-breaking and time-consuming affair. Motorized rototillers have heavy-duty tines that do the digging for you, making quick work of an otherwise labor-intensive task.\n\nThe perfect implement for preparing ground for planting, as well as for a variety of other garden tasks, is a tiller. A rototiller may seem like a must-have garden tool. Purchasing a tiller, however, requires a substantial investment. In many cases, rototiller rental is a better option. Careful consideration of several factors can help you determine whether it’s better to buy or rent a rototiller.\n<h2>Consider Your Gardening Objectives</h2>\nA tiller is an essential soil-preparation tool. If you’re preparing an area of your garden for planting, you’ll need to ensure that the soil is rich, loose and drainable. This not only promotes root growth but ensures that the roots have easy access to water and nutrients. Vegetable gardens and beds of annuals only have a limited time to produce or flower. They need optimum soil conditions to grow quickly and to produce the best results.\n\nSoil preparation, however, is not a regular garden task. If you’re preparing soil for a lawn, for example, you may only need to undertake the chore once. Even if you need to prepare the soil for a vegetable garden once or twice each year, it’s hard to justify the expense of purchasing a tiller<img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B004J17F2W\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> for a tool that you’ll rarely use. Rototiller rental may be a better option.\n<h2>Matching a Tiller to the Task at Hand</h2>\nRototillers should be chosen based on the size and task requirements of the garden. Front-tine tillers are a good choice for tilling established gardens and for general maintenance chores. Rear-tine tillers can handle breaking through untilled soil and can till large areas quickly. As the engine drives the wheels, they require less physical effort.\n\nIf you’re thinking of buying a rototiller to till the soil between garden rows routinely and you can afford the expense, purchasing a cultivator tiller can be a good option. Although they are smaller and lighter than front-tine or rear-tine tillers, cultivators are comparable to larger tillers in price.\n<h2>The Case for Rototiller Rental</h2>\nWhen a rototiller will only be used once or twice a year, rototiller rental is a better bargain. Rental companies can offer you the opportunity to use top-of-the-line products. The best tillers will not only be easier to operate but will also perform the work faster and safely. You’ll have the expertise of the rental company professionals to guide you to the right tiller for your garden as well. The cost of maintenance is another consideration. It takes time and money to keep a tiller working efficiently and effectively.\n\nFor large gardens that require monthly tilling tasks, purchasing a rototiller can be a good option if you’re willing to store and maintain the tool and can afford the upfront cost. Otherwise, rototiller rental is an ideal solution.', 'RotoTiller Rental | Buying vs Hiring', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '879-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:18:41', '2021-11-05 11:18:41', '', 879, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=882', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(883, 1, '2012-05-30 07:21:00', '2012-05-30 11:21:00', 'The idea behind landscape fabric is to provide a barrier against weeds and to protect your precious topsoil. In effect, the most natural way to keep your topsoil intact is to allow weed coverage. But if you intend planting an area out in the future the last thing you want to do is weed an area twice – or more.\n\n[toc]\n\nWeed barriers come in all types and sizes. From the cheap and organic, that can eventually be turned back into your garden beds, to the more expensive landscape fabrics that can keep an area weed-free for years. It truly depends on which weed barrier option you require for any particular job.\n\nSo here are a list of weed barrier options to try in your garden.\n<h2>Cardboard or Newspaper</h2>\nLayers of cardboard or old newspaper provide a great organic option for reducing weeds. For newspaper it’s best to lay 5-10 sheets on top of each other directly onto your bare soil, pre-moistened so they sit flat, and then cover with a layer of sawdust or pea straw. The same can be done with cardboard but a single layer should suffice.\n\nAfter 12 months or so, the cardboard or newspaper – along with the sawdust or straw – should have broken down enough to allow being dug back into the soil. This provides more nutrients and texture to your soil even after it’s performed its job of controlling weeds.\n<h2>Old Carpet</h2>\nIf you’re renovating your home, or have access to quantities of old carpet from your local flooring store, then this option is a very cheap solution to providing a weed barrier. It may not look pretty – especially if your remnants are different styles of carpet – but this can easily be hidden the same way as the newspaper/cardboard idea.\n\nAlas, it’s not the most organic option as you can’t dig the carpet back into the soil – unless they’re wool or hessian based – and you must choose carpets that haven’t been glued down with adhesives.\n\nOne benefit of carpet is that you can actually place it directly on top of weeds rather than pulling them up before you lay a landscape fabric.\n<h2>Weed Barrier</h2>\nBarring the first two choices there are a myriad of inexpensive landscape fabric options that are easy to source. One such option is this <a href=\"https://amzn.to/3F3ckYr\">Dewitt Weed Barrier Fabric</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000UJVC3U\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" />. It’s a woven polypropylene fabric that conserves moisture and prevents seed germination. These are very common in commercial landscape operations.\n\nThese are a great option for most smaller gardens because of the size of the rolls and how easy they are to lay.\n<h2>Weed Mat</h2>\nFor landscapes that have garden rows that aren’t wide <a href=\"https://amzn.to/3CJlSqB\">Pro Weed Mat</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B007PFD6B8\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> is a great option to lay between them. While it is still a barrier to weed control, weed mats can be used specifically in areas where they are needed rather than as a “blanket” type approach.\n<h2>Landscape Fabric</h2>\nCommercial operations tend to use landscape fabric as their source of weed barrier. This is also helpful for larger gardens that have areas beyond the norm. The benefits of Preen Commercial Landscape Fabric<img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000CSICBY\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" />, as one example, are the colour choices available. These can tie in with your garden colour scheme or be subdued enough to blend in with the natural look of your garden – and don’t forget the anchor pins<img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B001FA9SBG\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" />.\n\nCertainly the colour of your landscape fabric is not the most important attribute but, honestly, most of these products have similar characteristics and price determines the strength and size options.\n\nSo, if you’re wanting to save dollars and get an effective product trial small areas within you garden first. A landscape fabric is only as good as its application and what works in one garden doesn’t necessarily work in another.', 'Landscape Fabric | 5 Weed Barrier Options to Consider', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'landscape-fabric-weed-barrier', '', '', '2021-11-10 11:53:26', '2021-11-10 16:53:26', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=883', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(884, 1, '2021-11-05 07:23:22', '2021-11-05 11:23:22', '', 'landscape-fabric', 'Laying Landscape Fabric', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'landscape-fabric-300x199', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:23:37', '2021-11-05 11:23:37', '', 883, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/landscape-fabric-300x199-1.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(885, 1, '2021-11-05 07:26:21', '2021-11-05 11:26:21', 'The idea behind landscape fabric is to provide a barrier against weeds and to protect your precious topsoil. In effect, the most natural way to keep your topsoil intact is to allow weed coverage. But if you intend planting an area out in the future the last thing you want to do is weed an area twice – or more.\n\n[caption id=\"attachment_884\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"size-full wp-image-884\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/landscape-fabric-300x199-1.jpg\" alt=\"Laying Landscape Fabric\" width=\"300\" height=\"199\" /> Laying Landscape Fabric[/caption]\n\n[toc]\n\nWeed barriers come in all types and sizes. From the cheap and organic, that can eventually be turned back into your garden beds, to the more expensive landscape fabrics that can keep an area weed-free for years. It truly depends on which weed barrier option you require for any particular job.\n\nSo here are a list of weed barrier options to try in your garden.\n<h2>Cardboard or Newspaper</h2>\nLayers of cardboard or old newspaper provide a great organic option for reducing weeds. For newspaper it’s best to lay 5-10 sheets on top of each other directly onto your bare soil, pre-moistened so they sit flat, and then cover with a layer of sawdust or pea straw. The same can be done with cardboard but a single layer should suffice.\n\nAfter 12 months or so, the cardboard or newspaper – along with the sawdust or straw – should have broken down enough to allow being dug back into the soil. This provides more nutrients and texture to your soil even after it’s performed its job of controlling weeds.\n<h2>Old Carpet</h2>\nIf you’re renovating your home, or have access to quantities of old carpet from your local flooring store, then this option is a very cheap solution to providing a weed barrier. It may not look pretty – especially if your remnants are different styles of carpet – but this can easily be hidden the same way as the newspaper/cardboard idea.\n\nAlas, it’s not the most organic option as you can’t dig the carpet back into the soil – unless they’re wool or hessian based – and you must choose carpets that haven’t been glued down with adhesives.\n\nOne benefit of carpet is that you can actually place it directly on top of weeds rather than pulling them up before you lay a landscape fabric.\n<h2>Weed Barrier</h2>\nBarring the first two choices there are a myriad of inexpensive landscape fabric options that are easy to source. One such option is this <a href=\"http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B000UJVC3U/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=amatgardforno-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B000UJVC3U\">Dewitt Weed Barrier Fabric</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000UJVC3U\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" />. It’s a woven polypropylene fabric that conserves moisture and prevents seed germination. These are very common in commercial landscape operations.\n\nThese are a great option for most smaller gardens because of the size of the rolls and how easy they are to lay.\n<h2>Weed Mat</h2>\nFor landscapes that have garden rows that aren’t wide <a href=\"http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B007PFD6B8/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=amatgardforno-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B007PFD6B8\">Pro Weed Mat</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B007PFD6B8\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> is a great option to lay between them. While it is still a barrier to weed control, weed mats can be used specifically in areas where they are needed rather than as a “blanket” type approach.\n<h2>Landscape Fabric</h2>\nCommercial operations tend to use landscape fabric as their source of weed barrier. This is also helpful for larger gardens that have areas beyond the norm. The benefits of <a href=\"http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B000CSICBY/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=amatgardforno-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B000CSICBY\">Preen Commercial Landscape Fabric</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000CSICBY\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" />, as one example, are the colour choices available. These can tie in with your garden colour scheme or be subdued enough to blend in with the natural look of your garden – and don’t forget the <a href=\"http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B001FA9SBG/ref=as_li_ss_tl?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=amatgardforno-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B001FA9SBG\">anchor pins</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B001FA9SBG\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" />.\n\nCertainly the colour of your landscape fabric is not the most important attribute but, honestly, most of these products have similar characteristics and price determines the strength and size options.\n\nSo, if you’re wanting to save dollars and get an effective product trial small areas within you garden first. A landscape fabric is only as good as its application and what works in one garden doesn’t necessarily work in another.', 'Landscape Fabric | 5 Weed Barrier Options to Consider', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '883-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:26:21', '2021-11-05 11:26:21', '', 883, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=885', 0, 'revision', '', 0);
INSERT INTO `wp_posts` (`ID`, `post_author`, `post_date`, `post_date_gmt`, `post_content`, `post_title`, `post_excerpt`, `post_status`, `comment_status`, `ping_status`, `post_password`, `post_name`, `to_ping`, `pinged`, `post_modified`, `post_modified_gmt`, `post_content_filtered`, `post_parent`, `guid`, `menu_order`, `post_type`, `post_mime_type`, `comment_count`) VALUES
(887, 1, '2021-11-05 07:28:22', '2021-11-05 11:28:22', 'The idea behind landscape fabric is to provide a barrier against weeds and to protect your precious topsoil. In effect, the most natural way to keep your topsoil intact is to allow weed coverage. But if you intend planting an area out in the future the last thing you want to do is weed an area twice – or more.\n\n[caption id=\"attachment_884\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"size-full wp-image-884\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/landscape-fabric-300x199-1.jpg\" alt=\"Laying Landscape Fabric\" width=\"300\" height=\"199\" /> Laying Landscape Fabric[/caption]\n\n[toc]\n\nWeed barriers come in all types and sizes. From the cheap and organic, that can eventually be turned back into your garden beds, to the more expensive landscape fabrics that can keep an area weed-free for years. It truly depends on which weed barrier option you require for any particular job.\n\nSo here are a list of weed barrier options to try in your garden.\n<h2>Cardboard or Newspaper</h2>\nLayers of cardboard or old newspaper provide a great organic option for reducing weeds. For newspaper it’s best to lay 5-10 sheets on top of each other directly onto your bare soil, pre-moistened so they sit flat, and then cover with a layer of sawdust or pea straw. The same can be done with cardboard but a single layer should suffice.\n\nAfter 12 months or so, the cardboard or newspaper – along with the sawdust or straw – should have broken down enough to allow being dug back into the soil. This provides more nutrients and texture to your soil even after it’s performed its job of controlling weeds.\n<h2>Old Carpet</h2>\nIf you’re renovating your home, or have access to quantities of old carpet from your local flooring store, then this option is a very cheap solution to providing a weed barrier. It may not look pretty – especially if your remnants are different styles of carpet – but this can easily be hidden the same way as the newspaper/cardboard idea.\n\nAlas, it’s not the most organic option as you can’t dig the carpet back into the soil – unless they’re wool or hessian based – and you must choose carpets that haven’t been glued down with adhesives.\n\nOne benefit of carpet is that you can actually place it directly on top of weeds rather than pulling them up before you lay a landscape fabric.\n<h2>Weed Barrier</h2>\nBarring the first two choices there are a myriad of inexpensive landscape fabric options that are easy to source. One such option is this <a href=\"https://amzn.to/3F3ckYr\">Dewitt Weed Barrier Fabric</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000UJVC3U\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" />. It’s a woven polypropylene fabric that conserves moisture and prevents seed germination. These are very common in commercial landscape operations.\n\nThese are a great option for most smaller gardens because of the size of the rolls and how easy they are to lay.\n<h2>Weed Mat</h2>\nFor landscapes that have garden rows that aren’t wide <a href=\"https://amzn.to/3CJlSqB\">Pro Weed Mat</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B007PFD6B8\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> is a great option to lay between them. While it is still a barrier to weed control, weed mats can be used specifically in areas where they are needed rather than as a “blanket” type approach.\n<h2>Landscape Fabric</h2>\nCommercial operations tend to use landscape fabric as their source of weed barrier. This is also helpful for larger gardens that have areas beyond the norm. The benefits of Preen Commercial Landscape Fabric<img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000CSICBY\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" />, as one example, are the colour choices available. These can tie in with your garden colour scheme or be subdued enough to blend in with the natural look of your garden – and don’t forget the anchor pins<img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B001FA9SBG\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" />.\n\nCertainly the colour of your landscape fabric is not the most important attribute but, honestly, most of these products have similar characteristics and price determines the strength and size options.\n\nSo, if you’re wanting to save dollars and get an effective product trial small areas within you garden first. A landscape fabric is only as good as its application and what works in one garden doesn’t necessarily work in another.', 'Landscape Fabric | 5 Weed Barrier Options to Consider', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '883-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:28:22', '2021-11-05 11:28:22', '', 883, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=887', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(888, 1, '2011-10-09 07:30:00', '2011-10-09 11:30:00', 'A beautiful garden is a joy, but it requires continual maintenance. And maintenance requires tools and other supplies. Which requires storage, ideally a cheap garden shed. Since most of us don’t have rolls of spare cash lying about, the foremost question becomes which are the cheapest garden sheds available? A difficult question to answer, as a cheap garden shed for one person’s needs may be an extravagant luxury for another’s requirements.\n<h2>Choosing the Cheapest Garden Sheds</h2>\nThe items stored in the shed, as well as the size of the site, determine how large a shed you may need. Sheds come in all sizes from small units that fit against the side of a building, to structures large enough to serve as garages or workshops.\n\nRegardless of size, the cheapest garden sheds are those made from PVC plastic. They have some additional advantages, such as being very easy to assemble and requiring little site preparation. Most plastic sheds are made with floor panels, so a foundation or other flooring isn’t necessary. Assembly is very easy for most plastic sheds, and the parts are light enough for one person to handle.\n\nAnother reason to choose plastic for your cheap garden shed is maintenance. For plastic, there isn’t any! Plastic can be molded and colored to add architectural flourishes that would be very expensive in wood and impossible in metals, so a plastic shed may blend in with your home’s design more easily.\n\nThere are some trade-offs for choosing PVC plastic, however. Even ultraviolet-stabilized PVC will eventually degrade and become faded or brittle under harsh environmental conditions. Plastic sheds won’t stand up to heavy storms, so if you are in an area that is threatened by high winds or powerful storms, you may want to make a different choice.\n\nA plastic shed is also more difficult to secure than those of metal or wood, so if you have expensive items to store, plastic may not be the best shed material.\n<h2>The Cheap Garden Shed of Choice</h2>\nFor most people, the idea of an inexpensive garden shed brings to mind a small metal building with a low, peaked roof. While not the cheapest garden sheds, metal is an excellent, economical choice for most garden owners.\n\nA quality metal garden shed is almost as maintenance-free as a plastic building. Most manufacturers now use electrostatic coating or other method to apply a colored finish much stronger than normal exterior paint.\n\nThe basic metal garden shed ships with a door and perhaps a small window or translucent roof panel to allow for natural lighting. Shelves, sliding doors, screened windows and a range of other options are available from many manufacturers. Of course, all these extras add to the price tag.\n\nIt’s a safe bet that many metal garden sheds sit directly on the ground, but for the best results, some sort of foundation should be used. A concrete slab, with its edge rebated about 15-20 mm, is ideal but of course, hardly cheap.\n\nA metal garden shed can be secured to protect expensive items. Some manufacturers also offer systems that allow the shed to be anchored against powerful weather such as cyclones. It’s wise to check with your home insurer about this; such a system may be required in your area.\n<h2>Wooden Sheds, Cheap or Expensive?</h2>\nWood is appealing for many reasons, but unless the gardener has access to free lumber and has good carpentry skills, or can relocate and repurpose an existing shed, there is no way wood sheds can be considered cheap. Maintenance is an issue with wood. It must be painted and placed on a solid foundation to prevent rot, water damage and insect infestation.\n\nNo matter the cost or material, make sure you have all the proper permits before installing your shed. Even the cheapest garden sheds can become horribly expensive if legal fines and neighborhood ill are part of the installation price.', 'What Are The Cheapest Garden Sheds', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'cheapest-garden-sheds', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:32:40', '2021-11-05 11:32:40', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=888', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(889, 1, '2021-11-05 07:32:01', '2021-11-05 11:32:01', '', 'cheapest-garden-shed', 'Are The Cheapest Garden Sheds DIY?', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'cheapest-garden-shed', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:32:07', '2021-11-05 11:32:07', '', 888, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/cheapest-garden-shed.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(890, 1, '2021-11-05 07:32:31', '2021-11-05 11:32:31', 'A beautiful garden is a joy, but it requires continual maintenance. And maintenance requires tools and other supplies. Which requires storage, ideally a cheap garden shed. Since most of us don’t have rolls of spare cash lying about, the foremost question becomes which are the cheapest garden sheds available? A difficult question to answer, as a cheap garden shed for one person’s needs may be an extravagant luxury for another’s requirements.\n<h2>Choosing the Cheapest Garden Sheds</h2>\nThe items stored in the shed, as well as the size of the site, determine how large a shed you may need. Sheds come in all sizes from small units that fit against the side of a building, to structures large enough to serve as garages or workshops.\n\nRegardless of size, the cheapest garden sheds are those made from PVC plastic. They have some additional advantages, such as being very easy to assemble and requiring little site preparation. Most plastic sheds are made with floor panels, so a foundation or other flooring isn’t necessary. Assembly is very easy for most plastic sheds, and the parts are light enough for one person to handle.\n\nAnother reason to choose plastic for your cheap garden shed is maintenance. For plastic, there isn’t any! Plastic can be molded and colored to add architectural flourishes that would be very expensive in wood and impossible in metals, so a plastic shed may blend in with your home’s design more easily.\n\nThere are some trade-offs for choosing PVC plastic, however. Even ultraviolet-stabilized PVC will eventually degrade and become faded or brittle under harsh environmental conditions. Plastic sheds won’t stand up to heavy storms, so if you are in an area that is threatened by high winds or powerful storms, you may want to make a different choice.\n\nA plastic shed is also more difficult to secure than those of metal or wood, so if you have expensive items to store, plastic may not be the best shed material.\n<h2>The Cheap Garden Shed of Choice</h2>\nFor most people, the idea of an inexpensive garden shed brings to mind a small metal building with a low, peaked roof. While not the cheapest garden sheds, metal is an excellent, economical choice for most garden owners.\n\nA quality metal garden shed is almost as maintenance-free as a plastic building. Most manufacturers now use electrostatic coating or other method to apply a colored finish much stronger than normal exterior paint.\n\nThe basic metal garden shed ships with a door and perhaps a small window or translucent roof panel to allow for natural lighting. Shelves, sliding doors, screened windows and a range of other options are available from many manufacturers. Of course, all these extras add to the price tag.\n\nIt’s a safe bet that many metal garden sheds sit directly on the ground, but for the best results, some sort of foundation should be used. A concrete slab, with its edge rebated about 15-20 mm, is ideal but of course, hardly cheap.\n\nA metal garden shed can be secured to protect expensive items. Some manufacturers also offer systems that allow the shed to be anchored against powerful weather such as cyclones. It’s wise to check with your home insurer about this; such a system may be required in your area.\n<h2>Wooden Sheds, Cheap or Expensive?</h2>\nWood is appealing for many reasons, but unless the gardener has access to free lumber and has good carpentry skills, or can relocate and repurpose an existing shed, there is no way wood sheds can be considered cheap. Maintenance is an issue with wood. It must be painted and placed on a solid foundation to prevent rot, water damage and insect infestation.\n\nNo matter the cost or material, make sure you have all the proper permits before installing your shed. Even the cheapest garden sheds can become horribly expensive if legal fines and neighborhood ill are part of the installation price.', 'What Are The Cheapest Garden Sheds', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '888-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:32:31', '2021-11-05 11:32:31', '', 888, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=890', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(891, 1, '2011-09-02 07:34:00', '2011-09-02 11:34:00', 'A growing sense that the beauty and freedom of nature could be brought into private gardens began to dominate gardening trends in the early 1800’s. Painters were beginning to feel this same pull towards the intimate, towards art that reflected personal tastes and sensibilities. By the late 1800’s, the two had combined. Impressionist painters like Monet created an artist garden as their own personal palette, arranging and designing gardens with their paintings in mind.\n\n[caption id=\"attachment_892\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"size-full wp-image-892\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/artist-garden.jpg\" alt=\"Create A Garden For The Artist In You\" width=\"300\" height=\"196\" /> Create A Garden For The Artist In You[/caption]\n\nWhen it comes to creating an artist garden, it is this sensibility that most often prevails, this sense that a garden should be composed as a beautiful painting. More often than not, it is the gardens depicted in impressionistic paintings in particular that we wish to emulate. To effectively reproduce an impressionistic garden, it is helpful to understand some of the basic concepts the artists used in their paintings.\n<h3>Impressionist Gardens</h3>\nImpressionists placed less emphasis on precise depictions of form than they did on the feelings those forms conveyed. In their efforts to capture the sense and sensation of a garden scene, they developed new painting techniques, discovering ways to make brush strokes, perspective and color express personal sensibilities. In doing so, distinctions between surface and depth, between near and far, dissolved. As these lines blurred, gardens were no longer mere collections of plants, flowers and trees, but became scenes of nature, affected by the natural elements of wind, water, light and shade.\n\nUnless your goal is to recreate an artist’s specific garden or painting – Monet’s water lilies, Van Gogh’s irises, Renoir’s wildflowers – creating an artist garden is more about creating an overall effect than it is about selecting individual plants. The goal is to create a garden where the garden itself is the star, where setting, plantings and arrangements play supporting roles.\n<h3>Use Perspective</h3>\nAchieving this goal isn’t as abstract as it may sound. Begin by establishing viewpoints, places where you are most likely to enjoy views of your garden as a whole. Just as impressionistic painters did, emphasize the foreground with color. Forego rigid, formal or symmetrical plantings for loose beds with long-stemmed flowers, like cosmos, day lilies and coreopsis.\n\nImpressionists often depicted paths that disappeared from view. When viewing these paintings, the eye initially follows the path, then is brought back to the foreground again. The lesson for home gardeners here is that paths do not necessarily need to lead anywhere. You can duplicate this effect with a garden path that disappears behind a planting of large shrubs or flowers.\n\nTo achieve impressionism’s feeling of massed groups of flowers and plantings, avoid strong contrasts of height, texture and color in the garden. While background plantings should be higher than those in the foreground to create a sense of proportion and composition, in an artist garden, these distinctions need not be as defined. Borders need not be as well-defined either. Use discreet borders in your artist garden, like bender board or gravel, or avoid them altogether. Allow plants and flowers to spill over onto lawns or paths.\n<h3>Plantings</h3>\nDifferent artists prefer different flowers and styles, so your choice of blooms can reflect those of your favorite artist. Van Gogh is known for his sunflower paintings, but often painted irises as well. Plant different types of bulbs in random clumps throughout the garden for pops of color throughout the year. If you admire Monet, who was fascinated by the way the water interacts with light, include a water feature in your garden that can accommodate water lily plantings.\n\nRenoir loved wildflower gardens. A Renoir still life of ragwort, chamomile and wild parsley can inspire one type of artist garden. Delacroix’s vibrant tulips may inspire another type of garden. Klimt most admired gardens entirely filled with flowerings plants. Whatever artist that you choose to emulate, see your garden as a blank canvas, and use your trowel to paint a masterpiece of living art.', 'Creating An Artist Garden', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'creating-an-artist-garden', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:35:56', '2021-11-05 11:35:56', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=891', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(892, 1, '2021-11-05 07:35:32', '2021-11-05 11:35:32', '', 'artist-garden', 'Create A Garden For The Artist In You', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'artist-garden', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:35:36', '2021-11-05 11:35:36', '', 891, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/artist-garden.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(893, 1, '2021-11-05 07:35:54', '2021-11-05 11:35:54', 'A growing sense that the beauty and freedom of nature could be brought into private gardens began to dominate gardening trends in the early 1800’s. Painters were beginning to feel this same pull towards the intimate, towards art that reflected personal tastes and sensibilities. By the late 1800’s, the two had combined. Impressionist painters like Monet created an artist garden as their own personal palette, arranging and designing gardens with their paintings in mind.\n\n[caption id=\"attachment_892\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"size-full wp-image-892\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/artist-garden.jpg\" alt=\"Create A Garden For The Artist In You\" width=\"300\" height=\"196\" /> Create A Garden For The Artist In You[/caption]\n\nWhen it comes to creating an artist garden, it is this sensibility that most often prevails, this sense that a garden should be composed as a beautiful painting. More often than not, it is the gardens depicted in impressionistic paintings in particular that we wish to emulate. To effectively reproduce an impressionistic garden, it is helpful to understand some of the basic concepts the artists used in their paintings.\n<h3>Impressionist Gardens</h3>\nImpressionists placed less emphasis on precise depictions of form than they did on the feelings those forms conveyed. In their efforts to capture the sense and sensation of a garden scene, they developed new painting techniques, discovering ways to make brush strokes, perspective and color express personal sensibilities. In doing so, distinctions between surface and depth, between near and far, dissolved. As these lines blurred, gardens were no longer mere collections of plants, flowers and trees, but became scenes of nature, affected by the natural elements of wind, water, light and shade.\n\nUnless your goal is to recreate an artist’s specific garden or painting – Monet’s water lilies, Van Gogh’s irises, Renoir’s wildflowers – creating an artist garden is more about creating an overall effect than it is about selecting individual plants. The goal is to create a garden where the garden itself is the star, where setting, plantings and arrangements play supporting roles.\n<h3>Use Perspective</h3>\nAchieving this goal isn’t as abstract as it may sound. Begin by establishing viewpoints, places where you are most likely to enjoy views of your garden as a whole. Just as impressionistic painters did, emphasize the foreground with color. Forego rigid, formal or symmetrical plantings for loose beds with long-stemmed flowers, like cosmos, day lilies and coreopsis.\n\nImpressionists often depicted paths that disappeared from view. When viewing these paintings, the eye initially follows the path, then is brought back to the foreground again. The lesson for home gardeners here is that paths do not necessarily need to lead anywhere. You can duplicate this effect with a garden path that disappears behind a planting of large shrubs or flowers.\n\nTo achieve impressionism’s feeling of massed groups of flowers and plantings, avoid strong contrasts of height, texture and color in the garden. While background plantings should be higher than those in the foreground to create a sense of proportion and composition, in an artist garden, these distinctions need not be as defined. Borders need not be as well-defined either. Use discreet borders in your artist garden, like bender board or gravel, or avoid them altogether. Allow plants and flowers to spill over onto lawns or paths.\n<h3>Plantings</h3>\nDifferent artists prefer different flowers and styles, so your choice of blooms can reflect those of your favorite artist. Van Gogh is known for his sunflower paintings, but often painted irises as well. Plant different types of bulbs in random clumps throughout the garden for pops of color throughout the year. If you admire Monet, who was fascinated by the way the water interacts with light, include a water feature in your garden that can accommodate water lily plantings.\n\nRenoir loved wildflower gardens. A Renoir still life of ragwort, chamomile and wild parsley can inspire one type of artist garden. Delacroix’s vibrant tulips may inspire another type of garden. Klimt most admired gardens entirely filled with flowerings plants. Whatever artist that you choose to emulate, see your garden as a blank canvas, and use your trowel to paint a masterpiece of living art.', 'Creating An Artist Garden', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '891-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:35:54', '2021-11-05 11:35:54', '', 891, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=893', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(894, 1, '2011-08-25 07:36:00', '2011-08-25 11:36:00', 'If you are looking for an aesthetically pleasing privacy fence that is both relatively cheap and extremely durable, rolled bamboo fencing may be the perfect addition for your home or business. The major drawback for privacy fencing in the past has been the cost and exacting requirements of construction. A durable fence made of wood takes a lot of know-how to install properly, not to mention lumber and materials. Setting posts and levelling the cross frames are onerous tasks, and even experts can occasionally make mistakes.\n\n[caption id=\"attachment_895\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"size-full wp-image-895\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/rolled-bamboo-fencing.jpg\" alt=\"Landscaping With A Rolled Bamboo Fence\" width=\"300\" height=\"199\" /> Landscaping With A Rolled Bamboo Fence[/caption]\n\nA bamboo fence, on the other hand, is simple enough to set up on a day over the weekend. You will enjoy the durability, which is comparable to more modestly constructed wooden fences. There are other benefits as well, like augmenting the look of the landscape and the fact that no trees are killed and no chemicals are used that can leach into the surrounding soil.\n<h3>Rolled Bamboo Fencing is Sustainable</h3>\nOne of the top benefits of bamboo fencing is the fact of sustainability. Bamboo is a quick-growing plant, and one plant will survive multiple harvests. With wooden fences, there are two basic options. A cheap wooden fence can be made of softwood from a managed forest, though it is far less durable and must be treated with chemicals. Hardwood fences are more durable, yet far more expensive, and there is a distinct possibility that the hardwood trees , which take on average 30 years to mature, will have been cut from some of the few remaining, old-growth forests.\n\nMost wooden fences are made from chemically treated lumber to enhance durability, and this can be a real problem in some landscapes. More and more people are choosing plants for their yards and gardens that have utility for humans, from fruit trees to herbal borders. The chemicals from treated wood will slowly leech into the soil and pose a risk to both humans and any wildlife that consumes the products of plants in the landscape.\n<h3>Cost-Effective Landscaping and Security with Rolled Bamboo Fencing</h3>\nThe best features of bamboo fencing are the cost and appearance. The cost of fencing in a particular yard will vary depending upon size of the yard and the desired height of the fence, but the average cost for a 2.5 meter long by 1.8 meter high section of bamboo fencing will be between 60-80 A$. Depending upon your needs, fence sections can be found with heights ranging from 1-2.5 meters and lengths from 1.8-4.9 meters. It is simple to attach these sections of fencing to posts, and there is no levelling required, since the entire section attaches at once.\n\nBamboo fencing also comes in several styles, from the most common light brown colour to a darker brown and rich mahogany. The choice of colour will allow you to set the fence as a backdrop to the landscape or make it a centrepiece upon which the peeling bark of river birch or the various hues of a flower garden will appear more vibrant.\n<h3>Choosing the Right Size and Style of Rolled Bamboo Fencing for Your Home or Business</h3>\nBamboo fencing can serve well as both privacy and security for the home and business. A gated bamboo screen can protect the business dump-site from being raided by vermin, while providing a visual barrier for customers, that chain or wooden slat fencing can’t.\n\nWhether you are looking for a modest barrier in the garden to keep wildlife from eating the veggies or a towering, privacy fence to surround the yard, it makes sense to choose a fencing that is inexpensive, sustainably harvested, and long lasting. Rolled bamboo fencing has all these attributes, with as much or more visual appeal as a more traditional option.', 'Can Rolled Bamboo Fencing Work In Your Landscape', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'can-rolled-bamboo-fencing-work-in-your-landscape', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:38:56', '2021-11-05 11:38:56', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=894', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(895, 1, '2021-11-05 07:38:10', '2021-11-05 11:38:10', '', 'rolled-bamboo-fencing', 'Landscaping With A Rolled Bamboo Fence', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'rolled-bamboo-fencing', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:38:14', '2021-11-05 11:38:14', '', 894, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/rolled-bamboo-fencing.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(896, 1, '2021-11-05 07:38:55', '2021-11-05 11:38:55', 'If you are looking for an aesthetically pleasing privacy fence that is both relatively cheap and extremely durable, rolled bamboo fencing may be the perfect addition for your home or business. The major drawback for privacy fencing in the past has been the cost and exacting requirements of construction. A durable fence made of wood takes a lot of know-how to install properly, not to mention lumber and materials. Setting posts and levelling the cross frames are onerous tasks, and even experts can occasionally make mistakes.\n\n[caption id=\"attachment_895\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"size-full wp-image-895\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/rolled-bamboo-fencing.jpg\" alt=\"Landscaping With A Rolled Bamboo Fence\" width=\"300\" height=\"199\" /> Landscaping With A Rolled Bamboo Fence[/caption]\n\nA bamboo fence, on the other hand, is simple enough to set up on a day over the weekend. You will enjoy the durability, which is comparable to more modestly constructed wooden fences. There are other benefits as well, like augmenting the look of the landscape and the fact that no trees are killed and no chemicals are used that can leach into the surrounding soil.\n<h3>Rolled Bamboo Fencing is Sustainable</h3>\nOne of the top benefits of bamboo fencing is the fact of sustainability. Bamboo is a quick-growing plant, and one plant will survive multiple harvests. With wooden fences, there are two basic options. A cheap wooden fence can be made of softwood from a managed forest, though it is far less durable and must be treated with chemicals. Hardwood fences are more durable, yet far more expensive, and there is a distinct possibility that the hardwood trees , which take on average 30 years to mature, will have been cut from some of the few remaining, old-growth forests.\n\nMost wooden fences are made from chemically treated lumber to enhance durability, and this can be a real problem in some landscapes. More and more people are choosing plants for their yards and gardens that have utility for humans, from fruit trees to herbal borders. The chemicals from treated wood will slowly leech into the soil and pose a risk to both humans and any wildlife that consumes the products of plants in the landscape.\n<h3>Cost-Effective Landscaping and Security with Rolled Bamboo Fencing</h3>\nThe best features of bamboo fencing are the cost and appearance. The cost of fencing in a particular yard will vary depending upon size of the yard and the desired height of the fence, but the average cost for a 2.5 meter long by 1.8 meter high section of bamboo fencing will be between 60-80 A$. Depending upon your needs, fence sections can be found with heights ranging from 1-2.5 meters and lengths from 1.8-4.9 meters. It is simple to attach these sections of fencing to posts, and there is no levelling required, since the entire section attaches at once.\n\nBamboo fencing also comes in several styles, from the most common light brown colour to a darker brown and rich mahogany. The choice of colour will allow you to set the fence as a backdrop to the landscape or make it a centrepiece upon which the peeling bark of river birch or the various hues of a flower garden will appear more vibrant.\n<h3>Choosing the Right Size and Style of Rolled Bamboo Fencing for Your Home or Business</h3>\nBamboo fencing can serve well as both privacy and security for the home and business. A gated bamboo screen can protect the business dump-site from being raided by vermin, while providing a visual barrier for customers, that chain or wooden slat fencing can’t.\n\nWhether you are looking for a modest barrier in the garden to keep wildlife from eating the veggies or a towering, privacy fence to surround the yard, it makes sense to choose a fencing that is inexpensive, sustainably harvested, and long lasting. Rolled bamboo fencing has all these attributes, with as much or more visual appeal as a more traditional option.', 'Can Rolled Bamboo Fencing Work In Your Landscape', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '894-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:38:55', '2021-11-05 11:38:55', '', 894, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=896', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(897, 1, '2011-07-02 07:40:00', '2011-07-02 11:40:00', 'Garden statues can be wonderful additions to your backyard and garden spaces, and they don’t have to bankrupt you either. There are many different sizes and shapes of cheap garden statues and they come in all sorts of colors and forms. But not every garden statue fits every garden, and some can just, plain look out of place. It’s important that the garden statues you choose for your garden go well with the overall theme of the space and don’t stick out like a sore thumb.\n\nIt’s possible to find the right garden statues that will fit your garden and not look too tacky without having to pay a fortune for the find. You just have to know what to look for and where to look. When to look is another important factor that can sometimes make the difference between paying top dollar for a beautiful statue and getting that same statue for a bottom basement bargain during off season.\n<h3>Types of Cheap Garden Statues</h3>\nGarden gnomes are a great place to start. They can be found in almost any garden shop or department store and don’t usually cost too much. They also fit in well with just about any garden – they are, after all, <b>garden</b> gnomes. If you want to add a bit of color and humor to your garden spaces, look into getting a few silly, old, tiny men to spice up your backyard. The great thing about garden gnomes is the variety they come in. You can find hundreds of poses and actions and you are sure to find something that charms you to pieces.\n\nCherub statues are another cheap kind of statue that can add class to your garden. Installing a few cherub statues can be adorable way to add spice to your spaces. The way to get these for a good price is to look for mass-produced cherub statues as opposed to handmade ones. Unfortunately, handmade marvels can sometimes cost up to double or triple the price of factory-made ones. Chances are that no one you know will have the same model anyway, so don’t worry.\n<h3>When To Look for Cheap Statues</h3>\nLate autumn is a great time to shop for cheap garden statues. When the gardening months of spring and summer begin to wind down and the cold begins to set in, gardening shops can often begin to break out the great deals on their merchandise. And even though your garden may be going into remission during the late autumn months, a little planning ahead can get you set up with some great cheap statues that will make your garden look gorgeous all year.\n\nThe best sales often take place right before garden shops close up for the winter. In order to get the best prices possible, ask your local garden shops when they plan to close up shop for the winter and show up on closing weekend for the clearance sale. Unfortunately, the one flaw in this strategy is that by the time the stock goes on sale, what remains in statue stock may not afford you that many options.\n\nAnother way to get great deals on garden statues is to ask your friends to tell you if they know of anyone who might be planning to re-landscape their garden. Often when garden renovations take place, the owners are happy to unload their old statues at a low price to anyone who is interested. Some even give their old statues away. Of course, you may not have many options to choose from and you’ll have to depend largely on the tastes of the former owners. Still, often some of the best deals can be scored from yard sales resulting from garden renovations.\n\nAlthough outfitting your backyard with some beautiful still life may take a bit of persistence and a lot of creativity, especially if you are on a budget, it can be done. Patience and hard work can get your garden looking as if you had spent a fortune on it!', 'Cheap Garden Statues and Where to Find Them', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'cheap-garden-statues-and-where-to-find-them', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:43:10', '2021-11-05 11:43:10', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=897', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(898, 1, '2021-11-05 07:41:29', '2021-11-05 11:41:29', '', 'garden-statues', 'Searching for Cheap Garden Statues Is Fun', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'garden-statues', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:41:33', '2021-11-05 11:41:33', '', 897, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/garden-statues.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(899, 1, '2021-11-05 07:42:31', '2021-11-05 11:42:31', 'Garden statues can be wonderful additions to your backyard and garden spaces, and they don’t have to bankrupt you either. There are many different sizes and shapes of cheap garden statues and they come in all sorts of colors and forms. But not every garden statue fits every garden, and some can just, plain look out of place. It’s important that the garden statues you choose for your garden go well with the overall theme of the space and don’t stick out like a sore thumb.\n\nIt’s possible to find the right garden statues that will fit your garden and not look too tacky without having to pay a fortune for the find. You just have to know what to look for and where to look. When to look is another important factor that can sometimes make the difference between paying top dollar for a beautiful statue and getting that same statue for a bottom basement bargain during off season.\n<h3>Types of Cheap Garden Statues</h3>\nGarden gnomes are a great place to start. They can be found in almost any garden shop or department store and don’t usually cost too much. They also fit in well with just about any garden – they are, after all, <b>garden</b> gnomes. If you want to add a bit of color and humor to your garden spaces, look into getting a few silly, old, tiny men to spice up your backyard. The great thing about garden gnomes is the variety they come in. You can find hundreds of poses and actions and you are sure to find something that charms you to pieces.\n\nCherub statues are another cheap kind of statue that can add class to your garden. Installing a few cherub statues can be adorable way to add spice to your spaces. The way to get these for a good price is to look for mass-produced cherub statues as opposed to handmade ones. Unfortunately, handmade marvels can sometimes cost up to double or triple the price of factory-made ones. Chances are that no one you know will have the same model anyway, so don’t worry.\n<h3>When To Look for Cheap Statues</h3>\nLate autumn is a great time to shop for cheap garden statues. When the gardening months of spring and summer begin to wind down and the cold begins to set in, gardening shops can often begin to break out the great deals on their merchandise. And even though your garden may be going into remission during the late autumn months, a little planning ahead can get you set up with some great cheap statues that will make your garden look gorgeous all year.\n\nThe best sales often take place right before garden shops close up for the winter. In order to get the best prices possible, ask your local garden shops when they plan to close up shop for the winter and show up on closing weekend for the clearance sale. Unfortunately, the one flaw in this strategy is that by the time the stock goes on sale, what remains in statue stock may not afford you that many options.\n\nAnother way to get great deals on garden statues is to ask your friends to tell you if they know of anyone who might be planning to re-landscape their garden. Often when garden renovations take place, the owners are happy to unload their old statues at a low price to anyone who is interested. Some even give their old statues away. Of course, you may not have many options to choose from and you’ll have to depend largely on the tastes of the former owners. Still, often some of the best deals can be scored from yard sales resulting from garden renovations.\n\nAlthough outfitting your backyard with some beautiful still life may take a bit of persistence and a lot of creativity, especially if you are on a budget, it can be done. Patience and hard work can get your garden looking as if you had spent a fortune on it!', 'Cheap Garden Statues and Where to Find Them', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '897-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:42:31', '2021-11-05 11:42:31', '', 897, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=899', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(900, 1, '2012-06-20 07:46:00', '2012-06-20 11:46:00', 'To stop cats pooping in the garden, you can use mechanical barriers, chemical or natural deterrents or sound repellents. Along with these three methods, employ diversionary or preventive tactics to stop cats pooping in the garden.\n\n[toc]\n\n[caption id=\"attachment_901\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"size-full wp-image-901\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/stop-cats-pooping.jpg\" alt=\"There Are Many Ways To STOP Cats Pooping in Your Garden\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /> There Are Many Ways To STOP Cats Pooping in Your Garden[/caption]\n\nCats can turn areas of soft soil and newly planted seedlings in the garden into an outdoor litter box. In addition to the unpleasant odor, cat waste and urine may damage plants. Because cats are meat eaters, their feces can harbor harmful pathogens passed on from birds, mice and other rodents.\n<h2>Mechanical Barriers to Stop Cat Pooping</h2>\nBecause cats look for soft, loose soil to dig in, put wire mesh poultry netting over the soil. Plant your seedlings through the holes in the mesh. Cats don’t like to walk over the wire and they find the wire impossible to dig through.\n\nAdditional barrier methods include placing large, flat stones around the plants or using pebble mulch around the plants. Cats don’t like to dig in small stones, and the large flat rocks will minimize the amount of exposed soil. To stop cats from pooping in the garden, try to make the area as uninviting as possible by covering bare soil with materials such as sticky pinecones or thorny rosebush prunings, or insert upright sticks or plastic forks into the open spaces of the garden. Use wire tomato cages around newly planted shrubs and trees to minimize cats’ access to the soil around the plant.\n\nAs most cat owners know, felines dislike water and digging in wet soil. Keep the top layer of soil in the garden slightly damp to stop cats from pooping in the garden. If you catch them digging, squirt them with a burst from a nearby garden hose or spray bottle filled with water to reinforce the lesson that they are unwelcome guests. Motion-activated sprinklers can keep 24-hour vigilance and deter cats, along with other animals, from the garden.\n<h2>Chemical Repellents</h2>\nCommercial cat repellents, which contain the scent of predator urine from coyotes or foxes, are available to stop cats pooping in the garden. You can also try homemade repellents by using natural ingredients in scents that cats avoid. Cut up citrus peels and sprinkle them through the area, or crushed lavender, rosemary and pennyroyal and spread it over the soil.\n\nTry spraying a solution of rosemary and water around the perimeter of the garden. Cats seem to avoid the scent of both anise oil and eucalyptus oil, so you can soak cotton balls in these oils and place them throughout the garden. Reapply these repellents weekly or after a rainfall.\n<h2>Sound Repellents</h2>\nGardeners with cat problems can try out an array of sound deterrents, from hanging up several sets of wind chimes in the garden to purchasing mechanical sound appliances. The sound of wind chimes in the garden may be enough to frighten cats from the area. If the cat becomes habituated to the wind chimes, you can try an ultrasonic repellent.\n\nMotion activated, these devices emit a high-pitched sound at a frequency humans cannot hear when the cat comes within range. The noise frightens the cat, making it avoid the area in the future. Most ultrasonic repellents are battery operated for use away from electrical outlets, while others come with adapters for installation in locations closer to the home.\n\nYou can also employ diversionary tactics to stop cats pooping in the garden. Some cat owners suggest planting catnip in a bed or border far away from the garden. Other pet owners suggest setting up an outdoor litter box that you can clean at regular intervals. Take preventative measures by sowing a green cover crop on bare soil over the winter. Cover newly tilled gardens and flowerbeds with heavy cardboard or newspaper weighed down with boards or rocks until you are ready to plant.\n<h2>Motion Repellents</h2>\nAnother option, and one that has proved to work well, is to instal a motion-activated sprinkler. Amazon sell this great motion-activated sprinkler<img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000071NUS\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /><em>(aff.)</em> that will only come on when an animal triggers its sensors. This will scare the living poop out of cats trying to defacate in your garden.', 'How To STOP Cats Pooping in the Garden', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'stop-cats-pooping', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:49:11', '2021-11-05 11:49:11', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=900', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(901, 1, '2021-11-05 07:48:12', '2021-11-05 11:48:12', '', 'stop-cats-pooping', 'There Are Many Ways To STOP Cats Pooping in Your Garden', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'stop-cats-pooping', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:48:16', '2021-11-05 11:48:16', '', 900, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/stop-cats-pooping.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0);
INSERT INTO `wp_posts` (`ID`, `post_author`, `post_date`, `post_date_gmt`, `post_content`, `post_title`, `post_excerpt`, `post_status`, `comment_status`, `ping_status`, `post_password`, `post_name`, `to_ping`, `pinged`, `post_modified`, `post_modified_gmt`, `post_content_filtered`, `post_parent`, `guid`, `menu_order`, `post_type`, `post_mime_type`, `comment_count`) VALUES
(902, 1, '2021-11-05 07:48:58', '2021-11-05 11:48:58', 'To stop cats pooping in the garden, you can use mechanical barriers, chemical or natural deterrents or sound repellents. Along with these three methods, employ diversionary or preventive tactics to stop cats pooping in the garden.\n\n[toc]\n\n[caption id=\"attachment_901\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"size-full wp-image-901\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/stop-cats-pooping.jpg\" alt=\"There Are Many Ways To STOP Cats Pooping in Your Garden\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /> There Are Many Ways To STOP Cats Pooping in Your Garden[/caption]\n\nCats can turn areas of soft soil and newly planted seedlings in the garden into an outdoor litter box. In addition to the unpleasant odor, cat waste and urine may damage plants. Because cats are meat eaters, their feces can harbor harmful pathogens passed on from birds, mice and other rodents.\n<h2>Mechanical Barriers to Stop Cat Pooping</h2>\nBecause cats look for soft, loose soil to dig in, put wire mesh poultry netting over the soil. Plant your seedlings through the holes in the mesh. Cats don’t like to walk over the wire and they find the wire impossible to dig through.\n\nAdditional barrier methods include placing large, flat stones around the plants or using pebble mulch around the plants. Cats don’t like to dig in small stones, and the large flat rocks will minimize the amount of exposed soil. To stop cats from pooping in the garden, try to make the area as uninviting as possible by covering bare soil with materials such as sticky pinecones or thorny rosebush prunings, or insert upright sticks or plastic forks into the open spaces of the garden. Use wire tomato cages around newly planted shrubs and trees to minimize cats’ access to the soil around the plant.\n\nAs most cat owners know, felines dislike water and digging in wet soil. Keep the top layer of soil in the garden slightly damp to stop cats from pooping in the garden. If you catch them digging, squirt them with a burst from a nearby garden hose or spray bottle filled with water to reinforce the lesson that they are unwelcome guests. Motion-activated sprinklers can keep 24-hour vigilance and deter cats, along with other animals, from the garden.\n<h2>Chemical Repellents</h2>\nCommercial cat repellents, which contain the scent of predator urine from coyotes or foxes, are available to stop cats pooping in the garden. You can also try homemade repellents by using natural ingredients in scents that cats avoid. Cut up citrus peels and sprinkle them through the area, or crushed lavender, rosemary and pennyroyal and spread it over the soil.\n\nTry spraying a solution of rosemary and water around the perimeter of the garden. Cats seem to avoid the scent of both anise oil and eucalyptus oil, so you can soak cotton balls in these oils and place them throughout the garden. Reapply these repellents weekly or after a rainfall.\n<h2>Sound Repellents</h2>\nGardeners with cat problems can try out an array of sound deterrents, from hanging up several sets of wind chimes in the garden to purchasing mechanical sound appliances. The sound of wind chimes in the garden may be enough to frighten cats from the area. If the cat becomes habituated to the wind chimes, you can try an ultrasonic repellent.\n\nMotion activated, these devices emit a high-pitched sound at a frequency humans cannot hear when the cat comes within range. The noise frightens the cat, making it avoid the area in the future. Most ultrasonic repellents are battery operated for use away from electrical outlets, while others come with adapters for installation in locations closer to the home.\n\nYou can also employ diversionary tactics to stop cats pooping in the garden. Some cat owners suggest planting catnip in a bed or border far away from the garden. Other pet owners suggest setting up an outdoor litter box that you can clean at regular intervals. Take preventative measures by sowing a green cover crop on bare soil over the winter. Cover newly tilled gardens and flowerbeds with heavy cardboard or newspaper weighed down with boards or rocks until you are ready to plant.\n<h2>Motion Repellents</h2>\nAnother option, and one that has proved to work well, is to instal a motion-activated sprinkler. Amazon sell this great motion-activated sprinkler<img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000071NUS\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /><em>(aff.)</em> that will only come on when an animal triggers its sensors. This will scare the living poop out of cats trying to defacate in your garden.', 'How To STOP Cats Pooping in the Garden', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '900-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:48:58', '2021-11-05 11:48:58', '', 900, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=902', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(903, 1, '2012-06-06 07:51:00', '2012-06-06 11:51:00', 'When we consider whom a “nuisance gardener” may be we rarely lump ourselves in with this bunch of misfits. Instead it’s usually a term we save for our neighbour or pesky community member who annoys the bejeevers out of us. Yet it is conceivable that some of our garden activities may not endear us with the neighbours.\n\n[toc]\n\n[caption id=\"attachment_904\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"size-full wp-image-904\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/nuisance-gardener.jpg\" alt=\"Are you a Nuisance Gardener\" width=\"300\" height=\"199\" /> Are you a Nuisance Gardener[/caption]\n\nSo, before we point the finger at those who “get under our skin” let’s take a quick look at some of those pesky activities to see whether we may – perish the thought! – be considered a nuisance gardener.\n<h2>The Sunday-Morning-Mowing-Nuisance-Gardener</h2>\nThe most hideous of all nuisance gardeners is the noise nuisance. This individual has little, or no, concern for the well-being of neighbours and insists on using the mower/blower-vac/chainsaw or other power tool first thing Sunday morning. The only nuisance who rates higher than this is one who performs these similar activities on a bank holiday. Imagine the gall!\n<h2>The Boundary-Hedge-Trimming-Nuisance-Gardener</h2>\nNext, but not a distant second, is the gardener who takes joy in trimming their boundary hedges only to leave their neighbour’s prunings laying in situ. While the gardener’s side of the fence looks neat and manicured the neighbours now resembles a green-waste depot.\n\nMaybe you’re justified leaving the waste to lay there week after week because your neighbour refuses to trim their side of the hedge – but really! Is it that difficult to keep harmonious relationships?\n<h2>The Foul-Wind-Fertilising-Nuisance-Gardener</h2>\nI swear that most gardeners in my neighbourhood wait until the wind changes before they apply their organic fertilisers. The moment you crack open a well-earned cold beer and take a seat on the patio your skin becomes a noxious green as you gasp for breath and the odour of fertiliser envelopes the street.\n\nAdmittedly, I haven’t always checked the prevailing weather conditions before applying soil ammendments but this is one activity that will certainly wind you up as a nuisance gardener.\n<h2>The View-Blocking-Tree-Growing-Nuisance-Gardener</h2>\nAs gardeners we’re all keen to make the most of a borrowed landscape yet not so impressed with a view-blocking landscape. A nuisance gardener is one who doesn’t consider what their landscaping activities may inhibit their neighbours from viewing. Instead they plant trees, hedges, large growing shrubs or erect landscape structures that clearly don’t promote neighbour harmony.\n\nMost will argue that a view is a valuable commodity and hindering that outlook may cause enemies rather than develop life-long friendships.\n<h2>The Nuisance-Pet-Owner</h2>\nThis nuisance gardener doesn’t have to be a dog, or cat, owner. Crowing roosters, threatening geese, roaming peacocks and arrogant alpacas can certainly bring the level of neighbourhood consonance to its knees. Put yourself in your neighbour’s shoes and ask the question, “If my car had become the territorial interest of my neighbour’s gander would I be removing them off the Christmas card list?”\n<h2>The Smoking-Nuisance-Neighbour</h2>\nTobacco. Pot. Backyard incinerators. Regular burn-offs. Patio incense burners. Smoke, no matter the source, can strain neighbour relationships beyond burning point. It’s often an unpleasant odour that can keep neighbours indoors and label you a nuisance gardener.\n\nIn the interests of keeping friendly relationships with your neighbours it may be worth considering some of your gardening activities and assessing whether or not you may have become the nuisance gardener yourself. I’m not saying you are….just asking the question!', 'Are You A Nuisance Gardener?', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'nuisance-gardener', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:55:01', '2021-11-05 11:55:01', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=903', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(904, 1, '2021-11-05 07:52:32', '2021-11-05 11:52:32', '', 'nuisance-gardener', 'Are you a Nuisance Gardener', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'nuisance-gardener', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:52:35', '2021-11-05 11:52:35', '', 903, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/nuisance-gardener.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(905, 1, '2021-11-05 07:54:50', '2021-11-05 11:54:50', 'When we consider whom a “nuisance gardener” may be we rarely lump ourselves in with this bunch of misfits. Instead it’s usually a term we save for our neighbour or pesky community member who annoys the bejeevers out of us. Yet it is conceivable that some of our garden activities may not endear us with the neighbours.\n\n[toc]\n\n[caption id=\"attachment_904\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"size-full wp-image-904\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/nuisance-gardener.jpg\" alt=\"Are you a Nuisance Gardener\" width=\"300\" height=\"199\" /> Are you a Nuisance Gardener[/caption]\n\nSo, before we point the finger at those who “get under our skin” let’s take a quick look at some of those pesky activities to see whether we may – perish the thought! – be considered a nuisance gardener.\n<h2>The Sunday-Morning-Mowing-Nuisance-Gardener</h2>\nThe most hideous of all nuisance gardeners is the noise nuisance. This individual has little, or no, concern for the well-being of neighbours and insists on using the mower/blower-vac/chainsaw or other power tool first thing Sunday morning. The only nuisance who rates higher than this is one who performs these similar activities on a bank holiday. Imagine the gall!\n<h2>The Boundary-Hedge-Trimming-Nuisance-Gardener</h2>\nNext, but not a distant second, is the gardener who takes joy in trimming their boundary hedges only to leave their neighbour’s prunings laying in situ. While the gardener’s side of the fence looks neat and manicured the neighbours now resembles a green-waste depot.\n\nMaybe you’re justified leaving the waste to lay there week after week because your neighbour refuses to trim their side of the hedge – but really! Is it that difficult to keep harmonious relationships?\n<h2>The Foul-Wind-Fertilising-Nuisance-Gardener</h2>\nI swear that most gardeners in my neighbourhood wait until the wind changes before they apply their organic fertilisers. The moment you crack open a well-earned cold beer and take a seat on the patio your skin becomes a noxious green as you gasp for breath and the odour of fertiliser envelopes the street.\n\nAdmittedly, I haven’t always checked the prevailing weather conditions before applying soil ammendments but this is one activity that will certainly wind you up as a nuisance gardener.\n<h2>The View-Blocking-Tree-Growing-Nuisance-Gardener</h2>\nAs gardeners we’re all keen to make the most of a borrowed landscape yet not so impressed with a view-blocking landscape. A nuisance gardener is one who doesn’t consider what their landscaping activities may inhibit their neighbours from viewing. Instead they plant trees, hedges, large growing shrubs or erect landscape structures that clearly don’t promote neighbour harmony.\n\nMost will argue that a view is a valuable commodity and hindering that outlook may cause enemies rather than develop life-long friendships.\n<h2>The Nuisance-Pet-Owner</h2>\nThis nuisance gardener doesn’t have to be a dog, or cat, owner. Crowing roosters, threatening geese, roaming peacocks and arrogant alpacas can certainly bring the level of neighbourhood consonance to its knees. Put yourself in your neighbour’s shoes and ask the question, “If my car had become the territorial interest of my neighbour’s gander would I be removing them off the Christmas card list?”\n<h2>The Smoking-Nuisance-Neighbour</h2>\nTobacco. Pot. Backyard incinerators. Regular burn-offs. Patio incense burners. Smoke, no matter the source, can strain neighbour relationships beyond burning point. It’s often an unpleasant odour that can keep neighbours indoors and label you a nuisance gardener.\n\nIn the interests of keeping friendly relationships with your neighbours it may be worth considering some of your gardening activities and assessing whether or not you may have become the nuisance gardener yourself. I’m not saying you are….just asking the question!', 'Are You A Nuisance Gardener?', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '903-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:54:50', '2021-11-05 11:54:50', '', 903, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=905', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(906, 1, '2012-05-14 07:55:00', '2012-05-14 11:55:00', 'For those spacially-challenged gardeners who find living in their apartment borders on claustrophobic tendencies this may be the answer. Gizmodo have just posted <a href=\"https://www.gizmodo.com.au/2012/05/grow-your-own-little-hanging-garden-of-babylon/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">How to Grow Your Own Little Hanging Garden Of Babylon</a> using merely the window opening.\n\nThe idea allows gardeners to hoist their plants outside into the sunshine for maximum growth but easily reels back in so that the gardener can engage with the plants again. The three planters can be accessed to provide nutrients, allow the gardener to perform some pruning tasks and even pick produce if required.\n\nFor more information check out <a href=\"https://www.treehugger.com/interior-design/volet-vegetal-nicolas-barreau.html\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">Treehugger’s article</a>.', 'Hanging Gardens for Apartments', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'apartment-hanging-gardens', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:58:36', '2021-11-05 11:58:36', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=906', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(907, 1, '2021-11-05 07:56:52', '2021-11-05 11:56:52', '', 'apartmment-hanging-garden', 'Gardening For Apartments With No Balconies', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'apartmment-hanging-garden', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:56:57', '2021-11-05 11:56:57', '', 906, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/apartmment-hanging-garden.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(908, 1, '2021-11-05 07:57:29', '2021-11-05 11:57:29', 'For those spacially-challenged gardeners who find living in their apartment borders on claustrophobic tendencies this may be the answer. Gizmodo have just posted <a href=\"http://www.gizmodo.com.au/2012/05/grow-your-own-little-hanging-garden-of-babylon/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">How to Grow Your Own Little Hanging Garden Of Babylon</a> using merely the window opening.\n\nThe idea allows gardeners to hoist their plants outside into the sunshine for maximum growth but easily reels back in so that the gardener can engage with the plants again. The three planters can be accessed to provide nutrients, allow the gardener to perform some pruning tasks and even pick produce if required.\n\nFor more information check out <a href=\"http://www.treehugger.com/interior-design/volet-vegetal-nicolas-barreau.html\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">Treehugger’s article</a>.', 'Hanging Gardens for Apartments', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '906-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:57:29', '2021-11-05 11:57:29', '', 906, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=908', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(909, 1, '2021-11-05 07:58:35', '2021-11-05 11:58:35', 'For those spacially-challenged gardeners who find living in their apartment borders on claustrophobic tendencies this may be the answer. Gizmodo have just posted <a href=\"https://www.gizmodo.com.au/2012/05/grow-your-own-little-hanging-garden-of-babylon/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">How to Grow Your Own Little Hanging Garden Of Babylon</a> using merely the window opening.\n\nThe idea allows gardeners to hoist their plants outside into the sunshine for maximum growth but easily reels back in so that the gardener can engage with the plants again. The three planters can be accessed to provide nutrients, allow the gardener to perform some pruning tasks and even pick produce if required.\n\nFor more information check out <a href=\"https://www.treehugger.com/interior-design/volet-vegetal-nicolas-barreau.html\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">Treehugger’s article</a>.', 'Hanging Gardens for Apartments', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '906-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 07:58:35', '2021-11-05 11:58:35', '', 906, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=909', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(910, 1, '2011-11-07 08:02:00', '2011-11-07 13:02:00', 'Anyone who has a garden knows that some plants only thrive when they are properly supported. Many garden centers carry metal and wire cages to use for this purpose, but a better alternative is using bamboo canes.\n<h3>Why Bamboo?</h3>\nBamboo is a green material and is also a fully renewable resource. In addition to that it looks gorgeous in the garden as an accent and is sturdy enough to hold up tomato plants with plenty of ripening fruit. Bamboo is easy to adapt to a variety of uses and situations. It can easily be sawed in order to adjust its length and it comes in many different diameters. With the proper equipment it is possible for gardeners to bend and shape bamboo into curved shapes to make a border or other decorative accent in their garden. Bamboo is also a durable resource. It can withstand winter weather for several seasons and will not need to be replaced very often. All of these features make bamboo a very environmentally friendly material.\n<h3>How to Use Bamboo Canes in the Garden</h3>\nMany people use bamboo canes to help stake up the stem of a plant. These plants are top heavy and they can spoil the view in the garden by flopping onto the ground. To solve this a bamboo cane can be driven into the soil next to the plant. The stem can be gently tied to the bamboo cane with a piece of cloth or a length of rope. Hemp rope is an excellent and green option for fastening the stem to the cane.\n\nWhen fastening a plant to a bamboo cane it’s important not to tie the plant to the stake too tightly. The plant still needs room to grow while it is staked. Also, a plant tied too tightly to the bamboo may break off in a strong breeze. Use a light touch and top heavy plants will be healthy and look spectacular.\n<h3>Bamboo Tripods &amp; Teepees</h3>\nIt’s even possible to fashion a tripod with bamboo canes. Doing so is very easy and quickly provides a strong support system for climbing plants. A bamboo teepee can be fashioned by driving three different bamboo stakes into the ground around the plant. Fasten the tops of all three stakes together using rope or twine. Anyone growing pole beans in their vegetable garden or clematis in their flower garden can make excellent use of this simple technique. As the plants grow they will naturally climb the canes and receive adequate support.\n\nPeople who have grown tomatoes in the past know they can be a somewhat tricky topic. Wire cages are the traditional answer to helping to hold up the plants as they bear their fruit, but sometimes they are not entirely successful. For real security for tomato plants use a wire cage, but surround it with bamboo poles. Tie the poles and the wire cage together to make the sturdiest tomato plant support ever.\n\nGardeners who favor dinner plate dahlias have long recognized the superiority of bamboo in the garden. Even people who love hollyhocks have made use of this versatile material. When dealing with a clump of plants it is possible to create a growing grid of bamboo poles. The clump of plants can be surrounded by several bamboo stakes. Using twine, hemp rope or a similar material create a grid by tying the stakes together. Use the twine to criss-cross the plants and circle them. This will make a creative and thriving display of blooms.\n\nGardeners who appreciate organic practices will love the versatility and utility of bamboo in the garden. It’s another green addition to the garden that includes a compost heap, organic fish fertilizer and an absence of chemicals. Bamboo’s many uses and its natural beauty make it a sensible choice for gardeners all over the globe. Using it in the garden is also an Earth friendly practice that is easily and quickly renewable.', 'Staking Plants With Bamboo Canes Is Green Wisdom', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'staking-plants-with-bamboo-canes-is-green-wisdom', '', '', '2021-11-05 08:04:26', '2021-11-05 12:04:26', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=910', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(911, 1, '2021-11-05 08:04:24', '2021-11-05 12:04:24', 'Anyone who has a garden knows that some plants only thrive when they are properly supported. Many garden centers carry metal and wire cages to use for this purpose, but a better alternative is using bamboo canes.\n<h3>Why Bamboo?</h3>\nBamboo is a green material and is also a fully renewable resource. In addition to that it looks gorgeous in the garden as an accent and is sturdy enough to hold up tomato plants with plenty of ripening fruit. Bamboo is easy to adapt to a variety of uses and situations. It can easily be sawed in order to adjust its length and it comes in many different diameters. With the proper equipment it is possible for gardeners to bend and shape bamboo into curved shapes to make a border or other decorative accent in their garden. Bamboo is also a durable resource. It can withstand winter weather for several seasons and will not need to be replaced very often. All of these features make bamboo a very environmentally friendly material.\n<h3>How to Use Bamboo Canes in the Garden</h3>\nMany people use bamboo canes to help stake up the stem of a plant. These plants are top heavy and they can spoil the view in the garden by flopping onto the ground. To solve this a bamboo cane can be driven into the soil next to the plant. The stem can be gently tied to the bamboo cane with a piece of cloth or a length of rope. Hemp rope is an excellent and green option for fastening the stem to the cane.\n\nWhen fastening a plant to a bamboo cane it’s important not to tie the plant to the stake too tightly. The plant still needs room to grow while it is staked. Also, a plant tied too tightly to the bamboo may break off in a strong breeze. Use a light touch and top heavy plants will be healthy and look spectacular.\n<h3>Bamboo Tripods &amp; Teepees</h3>\nIt’s even possible to fashion a tripod with bamboo canes. Doing so is very easy and quickly provides a strong support system for climbing plants. A bamboo teepee can be fashioned by driving three different bamboo stakes into the ground around the plant. Fasten the tops of all three stakes together using rope or twine. Anyone growing pole beans in their vegetable garden or clematis in their flower garden can make excellent use of this simple technique. As the plants grow they will naturally climb the canes and receive adequate support.\n\nPeople who have grown tomatoes in the past know they can be a somewhat tricky topic. Wire cages are the traditional answer to helping to hold up the plants as they bear their fruit, but sometimes they are not entirely successful. For real security for tomato plants use a wire cage, but surround it with bamboo poles. Tie the poles and the wire cage together to make the sturdiest tomato plant support ever.\n\nGardeners who favor dinner plate dahlias have long recognized the superiority of bamboo in the garden. Even people who love hollyhocks have made use of this versatile material. When dealing with a clump of plants it is possible to create a growing grid of bamboo poles. The clump of plants can be surrounded by several bamboo stakes. Using twine, hemp rope or a similar material create a grid by tying the stakes together. Use the twine to criss-cross the plants and circle them. This will make a creative and thriving display of blooms.\n\nGardeners who appreciate organic practices will love the versatility and utility of bamboo in the garden. It’s another green addition to the garden that includes a compost heap, organic fish fertilizer and an absence of chemicals. Bamboo’s many uses and its natural beauty make it a sensible choice for gardeners all over the globe. Using it in the garden is also an Earth friendly practice that is easily and quickly renewable.', 'Staking Plants With Bamboo Canes Is Green Wisdom', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '910-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 08:04:24', '2021-11-05 12:04:24', '', 910, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=911', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(912, 1, '2011-02-28 08:07:00', '2011-02-28 13:07:00', 'What do you do when visiting your local big box and you discover that they don’t carry any varieties of pole sprinkler? You make one, of course.\n\nIn fact, when you see how simple and cheap this was to make you want even consider looking for a manufactured version.\n\nBut, first things first – why would you want a pole sprinkler? For me the answer is because I’ve been using a generic lawn sprinkler, one that sits flat on the ground, to water my veggie patch. When the veggies were small seedlings this worked brilliantly and provided enough irrigation for the whole six beds. However, vegetables have a habit of growing and it wasn’t long before the veggies closest to the sprinkler had increased enough to prohibit any water escaping past their enormous leaves. Therefore, the only easy way to fix the problem was to provide a pole sprinkler with enough height to actually transcend this problem and provide a quick solution.\n<h3>How To Make a Pole Sprinkler</h3>\n[caption id=\"attachment_914\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"size-full wp-image-914\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/001-300x225-1.jpg\" alt=\"Everything Necessary to Make a Pole Sprinkler\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /> Everything Necessary to Make a Pole Sprinkler[/caption]\n\nFirst, you need to purchase these items or have them sitting in your garden shed already;\n<ol>\n 	<li>Butterfly Sprinkler on a Spike (~$6)</li>\n 	<li>1m of 15mm PVC Pipe (~$2.30)</li>\n 	<li>1 x 15mm Female to Screwed Male Adapter(~$1.85)</li>\n 	<li>1 x 15mm Male to Screwed Female Adapter (~$1.30)</li>\n 	<li>PVC Glue (already had this from previous retic jobs)</li>\n 	<li>Hacksaw</li>\n</ol>\n<h3>Putting the Pole Sprinkler Together</h3>\n[caption id=\"attachment_915\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"size-full wp-image-915\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/002-300x225-1.jpg\" alt=\"Sprinkler on a Spike separated\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /> Sprinkler on a Spike separated[/caption]\n\nSeparate the Sprinkler on a Spike and check that each adapter fits properly. Then, cut your length of PVC pipe to the desired height (I left mine at a metre but realised that when it was finished it was probably about 20cm too high and going over the neighbours fence).\n\nNext, glue the adaptors on to each end and set aside to dry for a few hours. The glue will take at least 24 hours to cure properly but if you’re as impatient as I am then you should have no problems with it after two.\n\nThen, when the glue is dried, screw one end into the separated spike and other into the butterfly sprinkler. Finally, position the pole sprinkler in the middle of your veggie patch, or lawn, or garden bed, or wherever you need the extra height and connect the hose. Cross you fingers and Voila! you have your very own pole sprinkler.\n<h3>Final Notes</h3>\nThis is not the most efficient way to use water but if it can get you out of a pickle for one growing season then it’s worth the effort. Lifting it higher increases the radius of watering but also makes it more susceptible to wind carry and evaporation.\n\nStill, it will save your vegetables until harvest when you can start introducing a more efficient micro-spray system.', 'How to Make Your Own Pole Sprinkler', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'how-to-make-your-own-pole-sprinkler', '', '', '2021-11-05 08:11:22', '2021-11-05 12:11:22', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=912', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(913, 1, '2021-11-05 08:08:34', '2021-11-05 12:08:34', '', '005', 'Pole Sprinkler in the Veggie Patch', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', '005', '', '', '2021-11-05 08:08:40', '2021-11-05 12:08:40', '', 912, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/005.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(914, 1, '2021-11-05 08:09:05', '2021-11-05 12:09:05', '', '001', 'Everything Necessary to Make a Pole Sprinkler', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', '001-300x225', '', '', '2021-11-05 08:09:12', '2021-11-05 12:09:12', '', 912, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/001-300x225-1.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(915, 1, '2021-11-05 08:09:33', '2021-11-05 12:09:33', '', '002', 'Sprinkler on a Spike separated', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', '002-300x225', '', '', '2021-11-05 08:09:38', '2021-11-05 12:09:38', '', 912, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/002-300x225-1.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(916, 1, '2021-11-05 08:11:21', '2021-11-05 12:11:21', 'What do you do when visiting your local big box and you discover that they don’t carry any varieties of pole sprinkler? You make one, of course.\n\nIn fact, when you see how simple and cheap this was to make you want even consider looking for a manufactured version.\n\nBut, first things first – why would you want a pole sprinkler? For me the answer is because I’ve been using a generic lawn sprinkler, one that sits flat on the ground, to water my veggie patch. When the veggies were small seedlings this worked brilliantly and provided enough irrigation for the whole six beds. However, vegetables have a habit of growing and it wasn’t long before the veggies closest to the sprinkler had increased enough to prohibit any water escaping past their enormous leaves. Therefore, the only easy way to fix the problem was to provide a pole sprinkler with enough height to actually transcend this problem and provide a quick solution.\n<h3>How To Make a Pole Sprinkler</h3>\n[caption id=\"attachment_914\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"size-full wp-image-914\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/001-300x225-1.jpg\" alt=\"Everything Necessary to Make a Pole Sprinkler\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /> Everything Necessary to Make a Pole Sprinkler[/caption]\n\nFirst, you need to purchase these items or have them sitting in your garden shed already;\n<ol>\n 	<li>Butterfly Sprinkler on a Spike (~$6)</li>\n 	<li>1m of 15mm PVC Pipe (~$2.30)</li>\n 	<li>1 x 15mm Female to Screwed Male Adapter(~$1.85)</li>\n 	<li>1 x 15mm Male to Screwed Female Adapter (~$1.30)</li>\n 	<li>PVC Glue (already had this from previous retic jobs)</li>\n 	<li>Hacksaw</li>\n</ol>\n<h3>Putting the Pole Sprinkler Together</h3>\n[caption id=\"attachment_915\" align=\"alignright\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"size-full wp-image-915\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/002-300x225-1.jpg\" alt=\"Sprinkler on a Spike separated\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /> Sprinkler on a Spike separated[/caption]\n\nSeparate the Sprinkler on a Spike and check that each adapter fits properly. Then, cut your length of PVC pipe to the desired height (I left mine at a metre but realised that when it was finished it was probably about 20cm too high and going over the neighbours fence).\n\nNext, glue the adaptors on to each end and set aside to dry for a few hours. The glue will take at least 24 hours to cure properly but if you’re as impatient as I am then you should have no problems with it after two.\n\nThen, when the glue is dried, screw one end into the separated spike and other into the butterfly sprinkler. Finally, position the pole sprinkler in the middle of your veggie patch, or lawn, or garden bed, or wherever you need the extra height and connect the hose. Cross you fingers and Voila! you have your very own pole sprinkler.\n<h3>Final Notes</h3>\nThis is not the most efficient way to use water but if it can get you out of a pickle for one growing season then it’s worth the effort. Lifting it higher increases the radius of watering but also makes it more susceptible to wind carry and evaporation.\n\nStill, it will save your vegetables until harvest when you can start introducing a more efficient micro-spray system.', 'How to Make Your Own Pole Sprinkler', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '912-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 08:11:21', '2021-11-05 12:11:21', '', 912, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=916', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(917, 1, '2010-07-14 08:15:00', '2010-07-14 12:15:00', '8 AM Friday morning should see us steering our rig off the front lawn and into our family’s adventure of a lifetime. We’ve been planning a trip around Australia for the past 18 months – even longer if you take into account the moment the idea first popped into our heads. In a little more than 24 hours that dream is about to be realised.\n\nNeedless to say, Gardening Tips ‘n’ Ideas will be changing course over the next half-year. That’s right, we’re taking you with us. While we will still be adding heaps of helpful hints and tips I’ll be showing you some of the wonderful plant specimens and gardens as we traverse this awesome country.\nPlus, if you want to keep up with where we’re going we’ve set up a family blog at AussieRoadTrip.com.\n\nBefore you ask, the kids will be educated while on the road but mostly from their experiences. One of their activities will be sharing their day via their own blog while Deb and I will keep ours for posterity sake.\n\nWe’d love to have you come along with us and if you have any gardens that you know of that we should be visiting please let us know.\nCatchya.', 'Our Aussie Road Trip (6 Month Hiatus)', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'our-aussie-road-trip-6-month-hiatus', '', '', '2021-11-05 08:18:20', '2021-11-05 12:18:20', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=917', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(918, 1, '2021-11-05 08:17:26', '2021-11-05 12:17:26', '', 'aussie-road-trip', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'aussie-road-trip', '', '', '2021-11-05 08:17:32', '2021-11-05 12:17:32', '', 917, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/aussie-road-trip.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(919, 1, '2021-11-05 08:17:48', '2021-11-05 12:17:48', '8 AM Friday morning should see us steering our rig off the front lawn and into our family’s adventure of a lifetime. We’ve been planning a trip around Australia for the past 18 months – even longer if you take into account the moment the idea first popped into our heads. In a little more than 24 hours that dream is about to be realised.\n\nNeedless to say, Gardening Tips ‘n’ Ideas will be changing course over the next half-year. That’s right, we’re taking you with us. While we will still be adding heaps of helpful hints and tips I’ll be showing you some of the wonderful plant specimens and gardens as we traverse this awesome country.\nPlus, if you want to keep up with where we’re going we’ve set up a family blog at <a href=\"https://www.aussieroadtrip.com/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">AussieRoadTrip.com</a>.\n\nBefore you ask, the kids will be educated while on the road but mostly from their experiences. One of their activities will be sharing their day via their own blog while Deb and I will keep ours for posterity sake.\n\nWe’d love to have you come along with us and if you have any gardens that you know of that we should be visiting please let us know.\nCatchya.', 'Our Aussie Road Trip (6 Month Hiatus)', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '917-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 08:17:48', '2021-11-05 12:17:48', '', 917, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=919', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(920, 1, '2021-11-05 08:18:19', '2021-11-05 12:18:19', '8 AM Friday morning should see us steering our rig off the front lawn and into our family’s adventure of a lifetime. We’ve been planning a trip around Australia for the past 18 months – even longer if you take into account the moment the idea first popped into our heads. In a little more than 24 hours that dream is about to be realised.\n\nNeedless to say, Gardening Tips ‘n’ Ideas will be changing course over the next half-year. That’s right, we’re taking you with us. While we will still be adding heaps of helpful hints and tips I’ll be showing you some of the wonderful plant specimens and gardens as we traverse this awesome country.\nPlus, if you want to keep up with where we’re going we’ve set up a family blog at AussieRoadTrip.com.\n\nBefore you ask, the kids will be educated while on the road but mostly from their experiences. One of their activities will be sharing their day via their own blog while Deb and I will keep ours for posterity sake.\n\nWe’d love to have you come along with us and if you have any gardens that you know of that we should be visiting please let us know.\nCatchya.', 'Our Aussie Road Trip (6 Month Hiatus)', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '917-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 08:18:19', '2021-11-05 12:18:19', '', 917, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=920', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(921, 1, '2010-06-22 08:18:00', '2010-06-22 12:18:00', 'Provided care and maintenance is preserved, garden hardwood decking could easily exceed 30 years of use. Although some wood species such as Teak boasts natural oils which help it cope with the elements, most types of garden decking will require on-going care and a thorough clean at least once a year. If you have children or pets playing on the decked area there’s also an important safety aspect for keeping your garden decking surface clean, as it will prevent the surface from becoming slippery. So roll up your sleeves, it’s time for a spring clean.\n<h3>How To Clean Hardwood Decking:</h3>\nCleaning your garden deck isn’t very complicated and does not have to cost much as most of the tools and cleaning accessories you’ll need are probably scattered around the home. The cleaning steps below are meant to ensure that the decking comes out clean and that you do not damage the wood in the cleaning process. You should also ensure that the cleaning is done in the dry so that the wood has time to naturally dry.\n<ol>\n 	<li>Start by making sure that the decking surface is free of any clutter and garden furniture. Place these far away from the deck so that the spray from the cleaning solutions or chemicals used (optional) will not penetrate them. Pay close attention to ensuring that you not drag any piece of furniture on the deck as you might damage the wood or it’s oiled coating. You should consider getting a helping hand for this step, especially if you have to move tables and chairs.</li>\n 	<li>Perform a basic cleaning of the deck by using a stiff broom and a pressure washer if you have one. Give the deck a thorough brush followed by jet wash using a pressure washer’s wash brush which nowadays comes as an extension with most pressure washers. Be sure to <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/10-ideas-to-save-water-in-the-garden/\">save water</a> when you can by cleaning the deck in the shade and only use minimum water required. This step will help get rid of dirt and debris which has accumulated over the winter months. Do not use an industrial grade pressure washer (above 1500 psi/100 bar) as it might damage the wood. Pressure washers which are used as multi-purpose home and car cleaners will work just fine. If you don’t have one, use normal water jet from your garden hose.</li>\n 	<li>Now that the deck is free from any clutter and dirt you can focus on cleaning the wood using a dedicated cleaning product or soda crystals. To use the cleaning product, follow its instruction and be sure to pick one which works with your species of wood (teak, ipe, iroko etc). If you are unsure, then purchase a chemical agent which is multipurpose for any decking wood species, these are widely available from your local home improvement center. To use <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sodium_bicarbonate\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">soda crystals</a>, simply spray warm water over the decked surface and sprinkle soda crystals. Leave the decking for a few hours and once dry brush using a stiff broom. Stage three is the reason why the cleaning should be done in the summer when the decking has time to dry.</li>\n 	<li>To finish the cleaning process simply rinse the deck area completely to remove any trace of the cleaning solutions and chemical agents. Allow the deck 3 to 4 hours to dry completely before placing the furniture and other items back on.</li>\n</ol>\n<h3>On-going Care and Maintenance:</h3>\nThere is a lot of common sense when on-going maintenance is concerned. From time to time or when needed give the <a href=\"https://www.woodandbeyond.com/categories/Hardwood-Decking/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">hardwood decking</a> a thorough brush, always quickly clean up spills to avoid stains and refrain from dragging heavy objects around. On top of regular cleaning, some wood species which do not boasts natural oils might require the occasional top up. Contact your supplier for further details on this issue.\n\nEnjoy the summer and your garden.\n\nTips by the team at hardwood decking sellers <a href=\"https://www.woodandbeyond.com/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">wood and beyond</a>.', 'Spring Clean Your Garden Decking', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'spring-clean-your-garden-decking', '', '', '2021-11-05 08:33:16', '2021-11-05 12:33:16', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=921', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(923, 1, '2021-11-05 08:22:07', '2021-11-05 12:22:07', '', 'garden-decking', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'garden-decking', '', '', '2021-11-05 08:22:07', '2021-11-05 12:22:07', '', 921, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/garden-decking.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(924, 1, '2021-11-05 08:22:33', '2021-11-05 12:22:33', 'Provided care and maintenance is preserved, garden hardwood decking could easily exceed 30 years of use. Although some wood species such as Teak boasts natural oils which help it cope with the elements, most types of garden decking will require on-going care and a thorough clean at least once a year. If you have children or pets playing on the decked area there’s also an important safety aspect for keeping your garden decking surface clean, as it will prevent the surface from becoming slippery. So roll up your sleeves, it’s time for a spring clean.\n<h3>How To Clean Hardwood Decking:</h3>\nCleaning your garden deck isn’t very complicated and does not have to cost much as most of the tools and cleaning accessories you’ll need are probably scattered around the home. The cleaning steps below are meant to ensure that the decking comes out clean and that you do not damage the wood in the cleaning process. You should also ensure that the cleaning is done in the dry so that the wood has time to naturally dry.\n<ol>\n 	<li>Start by making sure that the decking surface is free of any clutter and garden furniture. Place these far away from the deck so that the spray from the cleaning solutions or chemicals used (optional) will not penetrate them. Pay close attention to ensuring that you not drag any piece of furniture on the deck as you might damage the wood or it’s oiled coating. You should consider getting a helping hand for this step, especially if you have to move tables and chairs.</li>\n 	<li>Perform a basic cleaning of the deck by using a stiff broom and a pressure washer if you have one. Give the deck a thorough brush followed by jet wash using a pressure washer’s wash brush which nowadays comes as an extension with most pressure washers. Be sure to <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2007/03/10_ideas_to_save_water_in_the_garden.html\">save water</a> when you can by cleaning the deck in the shade and only use minimum water required. This step will help get rid of dirt and debris which has accumulated over the winter months. Do not use an industrial grade pressure washer (above 1500 psi/100 bar) as it might damage the wood. Pressure washers which are used as multi-purpose home and car cleaners will work just fine. If you don’t have one, use normal water jet from your garden hose.</li>\n 	<li>Now that the deck is free from any clutter and dirt you can focus on cleaning the wood using a dedicated cleaning product or soda crystals. To use the cleaning product, follow its instruction and be sure to pick one which works with your species of wood (teak, ipe, iroko etc). If you are unsure, then purchase a chemical agent which is multipurpose for any decking wood species, these are widely available from your local home improvement center. To use <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sodium_bicarbonate\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">soda crystals</a>, simply spray warm water over the decked surface and sprinkle soda crystals. Leave the decking for a few hours and once dry brush using a stiff broom. Stage three is the reason why the cleaning should be done in the summer when the decking has time to dry.</li>\n 	<li>To finish the cleaning process simply rinse the deck area completely to remove any trace of the cleaning solutions and chemical agents. Allow the deck 3 to 4 hours to dry completely before placing the furniture and other items back on.</li>\n</ol>\n<h3>On-going Care and Maintenance:</h3>\nThere is a lot of common sense when on-going maintenance is concerned. From time to time or when needed give the <a href=\"http://www.woodandbeyond.com/categories/Hardwood-Decking/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">hardwood decking</a> a thorough brush, always quickly clean up spills to avoid stains and refrain from dragging heavy objects around. On top of regular cleaning, some wood species which do not boasts natural oils might require the occasional top up. Contact your supplier for further details on this issue.\n\nEnjoy the summer and your garden.\n\nTips by the team at hardwood decking sellers <a href=\"http://www.woodandbeyond.com/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">wood and beyond</a>.', 'Spring Clean Your Garden Decking', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '921-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 08:22:33', '2021-11-05 12:22:33', '', 921, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=924', 0, 'revision', '', 0);
INSERT INTO `wp_posts` (`ID`, `post_author`, `post_date`, `post_date_gmt`, `post_content`, `post_title`, `post_excerpt`, `post_status`, `comment_status`, `ping_status`, `post_password`, `post_name`, `to_ping`, `pinged`, `post_modified`, `post_modified_gmt`, `post_content_filtered`, `post_parent`, `guid`, `menu_order`, `post_type`, `post_mime_type`, `comment_count`) VALUES
(925, 1, '2021-11-05 08:23:18', '2021-11-05 12:23:18', 'Provided care and maintenance is preserved, garden hardwood decking could easily exceed 30 years of use. Although some wood species such as Teak boasts natural oils which help it cope with the elements, most types of garden decking will require on-going care and a thorough clean at least once a year. If you have children or pets playing on the decked area there’s also an important safety aspect for keeping your garden decking surface clean, as it will prevent the surface from becoming slippery. So roll up your sleeves, it’s time for a spring clean.\n<h3>How To Clean Hardwood Decking:</h3>\nCleaning your garden deck isn’t very complicated and does not have to cost much as most of the tools and cleaning accessories you’ll need are probably scattered around the home. The cleaning steps below are meant to ensure that the decking comes out clean and that you do not damage the wood in the cleaning process. You should also ensure that the cleaning is done in the dry so that the wood has time to naturally dry.\n<ol>\n 	<li>Start by making sure that the decking surface is free of any clutter and garden furniture. Place these far away from the deck so that the spray from the cleaning solutions or chemicals used (optional) will not penetrate them. Pay close attention to ensuring that you not drag any piece of furniture on the deck as you might damage the wood or it’s oiled coating. You should consider getting a helping hand for this step, especially if you have to move tables and chairs.</li>\n 	<li>Perform a basic cleaning of the deck by using a stiff broom and a pressure washer if you have one. Give the deck a thorough brush followed by jet wash using a pressure washer’s wash brush which nowadays comes as an extension with most pressure washers. Be sure to <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2007/03/10_ideas_to_save_water_in_the_garden.html\">save water</a> when you can by cleaning the deck in the shade and only use minimum water required. This step will help get rid of dirt and debris which has accumulated over the winter months. Do not use an industrial grade pressure washer (above 1500 psi/100 bar) as it might damage the wood. Pressure washers which are used as multi-purpose home and car cleaners will work just fine. If you don’t have one, use normal water jet from your garden hose.</li>\n 	<li>Now that the deck is free from any clutter and dirt you can focus on cleaning the wood using a dedicated cleaning product or soda crystals. To use the cleaning product, follow its instruction and be sure to pick one which works with your species of wood (teak, ipe, iroko etc). If you are unsure, then purchase a chemical agent which is multipurpose for any decking wood species, these are widely available from your local home improvement center. To use <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sodium_bicarbonate\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">soda crystals</a>, simply spray warm water over the decked surface and sprinkle soda crystals. Leave the decking for a few hours and once dry brush using a stiff broom. Stage three is the reason why the cleaning should be done in the summer when the decking has time to dry.</li>\n 	<li>To finish the cleaning process simply rinse the deck area completely to remove any trace of the cleaning solutions and chemical agents. Allow the deck 3 to 4 hours to dry completely before placing the furniture and other items back on.</li>\n</ol>\n<h3>On-going Care and Maintenance:</h3>\nThere is a lot of common sense when on-going maintenance is concerned. From time to time or when needed give the <a href=\"https://www.woodandbeyond.com/categories/Hardwood-Decking/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">hardwood decking</a> a thorough brush, always quickly clean up spills to avoid stains and refrain from dragging heavy objects around. On top of regular cleaning, some wood species which do not boasts natural oils might require the occasional top up. Contact your supplier for further details on this issue.\n\nEnjoy the summer and your garden.\n\nTips by the team at hardwood decking sellers <a href=\"https://www.woodandbeyond.com/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">wood and beyond</a>.', 'Spring Clean Your Garden Decking', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '921-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 08:23:18', '2021-11-05 12:23:18', '', 921, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=925', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(926, 1, '2007-03-31 08:23:00', '2007-03-31 12:23:00', 'Whether you’re experiencing a drought – like most of Australia at the moment – or you’re just trying to be waterwise when it comes to your garden, there are quite a few way to save water. And, they don’t always lead to installing expensive rainwater tanks.\n\nHere’s a list of 10 water saving ideas but I’m sure they can be added to and I will update the list if others have some neat ideas as well.\n<ol>\n 	<li><strong>Re-use your greywater</strong> – greywater is a byproduct of your sinks, dishwashers, laundry washing machines and bathroom showers. Depending on how much you wish to save – and what your local authorities will allow – will determine how much this exercise will cost.If you’re wanting to keep it cheap you could limit your water saving to the kitchen and laundry sinks. A simple plumbing deviation can give you the option to save the water into a bucket or run it straight off into the garden.\n\nA more expensive option is to have all your greywater plumbed into an underground reservoir for later use by your garden reticulation.\n\nKeep in mind though that greywater will be high in alkalinity due to many of the soaps we use to was ourselves, our dishes and our clothes. Therefore, this water is not generally useful in vegetable gardens as vegies much prefer more acid soils.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Use drip irrigation</strong> – drip irrigation is one of the most effective methods for dispersing water into your garden as it’s aimed at the plants roots rather than a generalised broad spread. If you currently use sprinkler reticulation, try modifying at least part of your system to accomodate drippers instead. You’ll save mobey and water.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Grow drought tolerant plants</strong> – lawns are the biggest users of water so to cut down on your water use, cut down on your lawn. Also, when buying plants choose ones that have low watering requirements and plant them together.You can still have some high watering plants in your garden but don’t disperse them through your gardens. Rather clump them together where only one watering station is needed to operate on a daily basis. The others may only require watering once or twice per week.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Collect rainwater</strong> – this option, like the greywater idea, can be as cheap or as expensive as you like. You can opt for a quality rainwater tank to be professionally installed or another option might be to harvest the rain using barrels or buckets.Large barrels can be accessed through many food wholesalers who’ve used them for pickling or storing food items. These can then be plumbed using some DIY resources to feed into your garden reticulation or just oozed into garden beds.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Install a lap pool, instead</strong> – if you’re planning to add a pool to your backyard landscape then choose a lap pool, like the <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/the-endless-pool/\">Endless Pool</a> I’ve previously reviewed. They take up less space, use less water and can be just as effective.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Divert your gutters</strong> – rather than allow your rainwater from your gutters just empty into your soak wells, divert them into drainage pipes that run the length of your garden beds. These drainage pipes are usually peppered with holes allowing the water to disperse into the soil. They should be encased with a layer of aggregate to stop them from getting clogged up but they are a very effective means of saving water.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Try aquaponics for growing vegetables</strong> – <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/can-backyard-aquaponics-be-dismissed-by-sustainable-gardeners/\">Aquaponics</a> is another idea that I’ve already discussed on this blog. As a water saving idea it is by far one of the most effective.With normal vegetable production, any watering seeps through the soil and drains away but with aquaponics, and it’s sister hydroponics, the water is constantly reused.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Use water bottles for container plants</strong> – the beauty of using water bottles for container plants is that they give a measured dose of water each day. It’s a great alternative to using watering cans which can be cumbersome and ineffective at watering your plants.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Mulch your garden beds</strong> – one of the greatest forms of water loss is evaporation so if you mulch your beds with a decent blanket of mulch this will slow the process down and reduce the amount of extra watering your plants will require.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Angle your garden paths</strong> – most landscapers will try to convince you to keep your paths level or at least so that any runoff is diverted away from your garden. Do the opposite. Use some fall from your garden paths to allow water to filter back into your lawns or garden beds where it can be used.</li>\n</ol>\nI’m sure this isn’t an exhaustive list so if you have some other great water saving suggestions add them in the comments below.', '10 Ideas to Save Water in the Garden', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', '10-ideas-to-save-water-in-the-garden', '', '', '2021-11-05 09:01:09', '2021-11-05 13:01:09', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=926', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(927, 1, '2021-11-05 08:32:39', '2021-11-05 12:32:39', 'Whether you’re experiencing a drought – like most of Australia at the moment – or you’re just trying to be waterwise when it comes to your garden, there are quite a few way to save water. And, they don’t always lead to installing expensive rainwater tanks.\n\nHere’s a list of 10 water saving ideas but I’m sure they can be added to and I will update the list if others have some neat ideas as well.\n<ol>\n 	<li><strong>Re-use your greywater</strong> – greywater is a byproduct of your sinks, dishwashers, laundry washing machines and bathroom showers. Depending on how much you wish to save – and what your local authorities will allow – will determine how much this exercise will cost.If you’re wanting to keep it cheap you could limit your water saving to the kitchen and laundry sinks. A simple plumbing deviation can give you the option to save the water into a bucket or run it straight off into the garden.\n\nA more expensive option is to have all your greywater plumbed into an underground reservoir for later use by your garden reticulation.\n\nKeep in mind though that greywater will be high in alkalinity due to many of the soaps we use to was ourselves, our dishes and our clothes. Therefore, this water is not generally useful in vegetable gardens as vegies much prefer more acid soils.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Use drip irrigation</strong> – drip irrigation is one of the most effective methods for dispersing water into your garden as it’s aimed at the plants roots rather than a generalised broad spread. If you currently use sprinkler reticulation, try modifying at least part of your system to accomodate drippers instead. You’ll save mobey and water.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Grow drought tolerant plants</strong> – lawns are the biggest users of water so to cut down on your water use, cut down on your lawn. Also, when buying plants choose ones that have low watering requirements and plant them together.You can still have some high watering plants in your garden but don’t disperse them through your gardens. Rather clump them together where only one watering station is needed to operate on a daily basis. The others may only require watering once or twice per week.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Collect rainwater</strong> – this option, like the greywater idea, can be as cheap or as expensive as you like. You can opt for a quality rainwater tank to be professionally installed or another option might be to harvest the rain using barrels or buckets.Large barrels can be accessed through many food wholesalers who’ve used them for pickling or storing food items. These can then be plumbed using some DIY resources to feed into your garden reticulation or just oozed into garden beds.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Install a lap pool, instead</strong> – if you’re planning to add a pool to your backyard landscape then choose a lap pool, like the <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2007/03/the_endless_pool.html\">Endless Pool</a> I’ve previously reviewed. They take up less space, use less water and can be just as effective.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Divert your gutters</strong> – rather than allow your rainwater from your gutters just empty into your soak wells, divert them into drainage pipes that run the length of your garden beds. These drainage pipes are usually peppered with holes allowing the water to disperse into the soil. They should be encased with a layer of aggregate to stop them from getting clogged up but they are a very effective means of saving water.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Try aquaponics for growing vegetables</strong> – <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/10/can_backyard_aquaponics_be_dismissed_by_sustainable_gardener.html\">Aquaponics</a> is another idea that I’ve already discussed on this blog. As a water saving idea it is by far one of the most effective.With normal vegetable production, any watering seeps through the soil and drains away but with aquaponics, and it’s sister hydroponics, the water is constantly reused.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Use water bottles for container plants</strong> – the beauty of using water bottles for container plants is that they give a measured dose of water each day. It’s a great alternative to using watering cans which can be cumbersome and ineffective at watering your plants.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Mulch your garden beds</strong> – one of the greatest forms of water loss is evaporation so if you mulch your beds with a decent blanket of mulch this will slow the process down and reduce the amount of extra watering your plants will require.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Angle your garden paths</strong> – most landscapers will try to convince you to keep your paths level or at least so that any runoff is diverted away from your garden. Do the opposite. Use some fall from your garden paths to allow water to filter back into your lawns or garden beds where it can be used.</li>\n</ol>\nI’m sure this isn’t an exhaustive list so if you have some other great water saving suggestions add them in the comments below.', '10 Ideas to Save Water in the Garden', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '926-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 08:32:39', '2021-11-05 12:32:39', '', 926, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=927', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(928, 1, '2021-11-05 08:33:14', '2021-11-05 12:33:14', 'Provided care and maintenance is preserved, garden hardwood decking could easily exceed 30 years of use. Although some wood species such as Teak boasts natural oils which help it cope with the elements, most types of garden decking will require on-going care and a thorough clean at least once a year. If you have children or pets playing on the decked area there’s also an important safety aspect for keeping your garden decking surface clean, as it will prevent the surface from becoming slippery. So roll up your sleeves, it’s time for a spring clean.\n<h3>How To Clean Hardwood Decking:</h3>\nCleaning your garden deck isn’t very complicated and does not have to cost much as most of the tools and cleaning accessories you’ll need are probably scattered around the home. The cleaning steps below are meant to ensure that the decking comes out clean and that you do not damage the wood in the cleaning process. You should also ensure that the cleaning is done in the dry so that the wood has time to naturally dry.\n<ol>\n 	<li>Start by making sure that the decking surface is free of any clutter and garden furniture. Place these far away from the deck so that the spray from the cleaning solutions or chemicals used (optional) will not penetrate them. Pay close attention to ensuring that you not drag any piece of furniture on the deck as you might damage the wood or it’s oiled coating. You should consider getting a helping hand for this step, especially if you have to move tables and chairs.</li>\n 	<li>Perform a basic cleaning of the deck by using a stiff broom and a pressure washer if you have one. Give the deck a thorough brush followed by jet wash using a pressure washer’s wash brush which nowadays comes as an extension with most pressure washers. Be sure to <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/10-ideas-to-save-water-in-the-garden/\">save water</a> when you can by cleaning the deck in the shade and only use minimum water required. This step will help get rid of dirt and debris which has accumulated over the winter months. Do not use an industrial grade pressure washer (above 1500 psi/100 bar) as it might damage the wood. Pressure washers which are used as multi-purpose home and car cleaners will work just fine. If you don’t have one, use normal water jet from your garden hose.</li>\n 	<li>Now that the deck is free from any clutter and dirt you can focus on cleaning the wood using a dedicated cleaning product or soda crystals. To use the cleaning product, follow its instruction and be sure to pick one which works with your species of wood (teak, ipe, iroko etc). If you are unsure, then purchase a chemical agent which is multipurpose for any decking wood species, these are widely available from your local home improvement center. To use <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sodium_bicarbonate\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">soda crystals</a>, simply spray warm water over the decked surface and sprinkle soda crystals. Leave the decking for a few hours and once dry brush using a stiff broom. Stage three is the reason why the cleaning should be done in the summer when the decking has time to dry.</li>\n 	<li>To finish the cleaning process simply rinse the deck area completely to remove any trace of the cleaning solutions and chemical agents. Allow the deck 3 to 4 hours to dry completely before placing the furniture and other items back on.</li>\n</ol>\n<h3>On-going Care and Maintenance:</h3>\nThere is a lot of common sense when on-going maintenance is concerned. From time to time or when needed give the <a href=\"https://www.woodandbeyond.com/categories/Hardwood-Decking/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">hardwood decking</a> a thorough brush, always quickly clean up spills to avoid stains and refrain from dragging heavy objects around. On top of regular cleaning, some wood species which do not boasts natural oils might require the occasional top up. Contact your supplier for further details on this issue.\n\nEnjoy the summer and your garden.\n\nTips by the team at hardwood decking sellers <a href=\"https://www.woodandbeyond.com/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">wood and beyond</a>.', 'Spring Clean Your Garden Decking', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '921-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 08:33:14', '2021-11-05 12:33:14', '', 921, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=928', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(929, 1, '2006-10-30 08:53:00', '2006-10-30 13:53:00', 'Imagine growing Barramundi in your own backyard?\n\nBackyard aquaponics is the hybrid lovechild from those that espouse hydroponics and those that sermon us on aquaculture. It’s a system that marries the two and intertwines their relationship bringing to bear a sustainable gardeners offspring that we’ll call – Utopia!\n\nAquaponics is a system where aquaculture (a renewable fish farming method) and hydroponics (a renewable vegetable farming method) are built together to complement each method’s strength and weaknesses.\n\n[toc]\n\nThe downside of aquaculture is dealing with the polluted water. Ammonia rich it will inevitably starve the fish of oxygen if it’s not processed and purified. The problem with hydroponics is that it requires vast nutrients to supplement the feeding of plants.\n\nAquaponics takes the two weakest links and marries them together to produce a system that purifies the fishes water and feeds the hydroponically grown vegetables.\n<h2>In a nutshell, how does backyard aquaponics work?</h2>\nAs previously mentioned, the fish tanks become high in ammonia. This water is then filtered through a gravel bed where a bacteria has been cultivated and this bacteria turns the ammonia into nitrogen. The plants grow in the gravel beds and use the nitrogen to grow. The water is then returned to the fish pond clean and aerated, free from the heavy nutrients.\n<h2>How do I set up aquaponics in my backyard?</h2>\nWhile the backyard aquaponics process sounds complicated, and obviously expensive, it doesn’t have to be. The guy who inspired me to begin planning an aquaponics system, <a href=\"http://www.backyardaquaponics.com/\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">Joel Malcolm</a>, built his system from scrounged materials and produced a working process for very little money. Obviously, you can spend heaps if you desire.\n\nThe basic construction relies on a fish tank and a gravel bed for the vegetables. Water needs to circulate between the two via a pumping system and the operation needs to be protected from the sun and hungry birds.\n\nMore information can be found via Joel’s site with an offer to buy his book and DVD.\n<h2>What fish and vegetables can I grow?</h2>\n<strong>Fish:</strong> Any freshwater fish species that are either local to your own area or that you can source readily from around the globe. This is also the same with shellfish and crustaceans. So, the possibilities are endless. You could be growing large barramundi with small freshwater cod, mussells and even some marron in the same tank giving your family diversity in what they eat.\n\n<strong>Vegetables:</strong> Any vegetable that you can grow hydroponically can be grown in this system. Tomatoes, lettuces, carrots, beans, beets, potatoes, cabbages and the list goes on.\n<h2>Can a backyard aquaponics system feed my family?</h2>\nThis is the most important question when considering whether to invest your time, effort and resources into a process such as this. If it only produces a few vegetables and a handful of fish then the process is flawed because the energy required (initially) is more than it takes to grow vegetables naturally.\n\nJoel reports that his 4m x 8m (13ft x 26ft) plot harvested 50kg (100lb) of fish and 100kg (200lb) vegetables within 6 months. Therefore, if a family of 4 (2 adults and 2 children) ate 600gm (21oz) of fish every third day this would easily provide for them.\n<h2>Why do sustainable gardeners need to employ aquaponics?</h2>\nIf you’re really serious about permaculture then backyard aquaponics is the new frontier in environmental safeguards. Sustainable living can only occur when we replace the most of our normal consumption with products that we create ourselves. This process produces vegetables in ways that we’ve done before but adds another dimension to create a meat source that even most vegans find attractive.\n\nAnd it can all be done in your own backyard.', 'Can backyard aquaponics be dismissed by sustainable gardeners?', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'can-backyard-aquaponics-be-dismissed-by-sustainable-gardeners', '', '', '2021-11-05 08:58:59', '2021-11-05 12:58:59', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=929', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(930, 1, '2021-11-05 08:56:20', '2021-11-05 12:56:20', '', 'backyard-aquaponics', 'Backyard Aquaponics: Sustainable Living?', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'backyard-aquaponics', '', '', '2021-11-05 08:56:27', '2021-11-05 12:56:27', '', 929, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/backyard-aquaponics.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(931, 1, '2021-11-05 08:58:42', '2021-11-05 12:58:42', 'Imagine growing Barramundi in your own backyard?\n\nBackyard aquaponics is the hybrid lovechild from those that espouse hydroponics and those that sermon us on aquaculture. It’s a system that marries the two and intertwines their relationship bringing to bear a sustainable gardeners offspring that we’ll call – Utopia!\n\nAquaponics is a system where aquaculture (a renewable fish farming method) and hydroponics (a renewable vegetable farming method) are built together to complement each method’s strength and weaknesses.\n\n[toc]\n\nThe downside of aquaculture is dealing with the polluted water. Ammonia rich it will inevitably starve the fish of oxygen if it’s not processed and purified. The problem with hydroponics is that it requires vast nutrients to supplement the feeding of plants.\n\nAquaponics takes the two weakest links and marries them together to produce a system that purifies the fishes water and feeds the hydroponically grown vegetables.\n<h2>In a nutshell, how does backyard aquaponics work?</h2>\nAs previously mentioned, the fish tanks become high in ammonia. This water is then filtered through a gravel bed where a bacteria has been cultivated and this bacteria turns the ammonia into nitrogen. The plants grow in the gravel beds and use the nitrogen to grow. The water is then returned to the fish pond clean and aerated, free from the heavy nutrients.\n<h2>How do I set up aquaponics in my backyard?</h2>\nWhile the backyard aquaponics process sounds complicated, and obviously expensive, it doesn’t have to be. The guy who inspired me to begin planning an aquaponics system, <a href=\"http://www.backyardaquaponics.com/\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">Joel Malcolm</a>, built his system from scrounged materials and produced a working process for very little money. Obviously, you can spend heaps if you desire.\n\nThe basic construction relies on a fish tank and a gravel bed for the vegetables. Water needs to circulate between the two via a pumping system and the operation needs to be protected from the sun and hungry birds.\n\nMore information can be found via Joel’s site with an offer to buy his book and DVD.\n<h2>What fish and vegetables can I grow?</h2>\n<strong>Fish:</strong> Any freshwater fish species that are either local to your own area or that you can source readily from around the globe. This is also the same with shellfish and crustaceans. So, the possibilities are endless. You could be growing large barramundi with small freshwater cod, mussells and even some marron in the same tank giving your family diversity in what they eat.\n\n<strong>Vegetables:</strong> Any vegetable that you can grow hydroponically can be grown in this system. Tomatoes, lettuces, carrots, beans, beets, potatoes, cabbages and the list goes on.\n<h2>Can a backyard aquaponics system feed my family?</h2>\nThis is the most important question when considering whether to invest your time, effort and resources into a process such as this. If it only produces a few vegetables and a handful of fish then the process is flawed because the energy required (initially) is more than it takes to grow vegetables naturally.\n\nJoel reports that his 4m x 8m (13ft x 26ft) plot harvested 50kg (100lb) of fish and 100kg (200lb) vegetables within 6 months. Therefore, if a family of 4 (2 adults and 2 children) ate 600gm (21oz) of fish every third day this would easily provide for them.\n<h2>Why do sustainable gardeners need to employ aquaponics?</h2>\nIf you’re really serious about permaculture then backyard aquaponics is the new frontier in environmental safeguards. Sustainable living can only occur when we replace the most of our normal consumption with products that we create ourselves. This process produces vegetables in ways that we’ve done before but adds another dimension to create a meat source that even most vegans find attractive.\nAnd it can all be done in your own backyard.', 'Can backyard aquaponics be dismissed by sustainable gardeners?', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '929-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 08:58:42', '2021-11-05 12:58:42', '', 929, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=931', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(932, 1, '2021-11-05 08:59:11', '2021-11-05 12:59:11', 'Whether you’re experiencing a drought – like most of Australia at the moment – or you’re just trying to be waterwise when it comes to your garden, there are quite a few way to save water. And, they don’t always lead to installing expensive rainwater tanks.\n\nHere’s a list of 10 water saving ideas but I’m sure they can be added to and I will update the list if others have some neat ideas as well.\n<ol>\n 	<li><strong>Re-use your greywater</strong> – greywater is a byproduct of your sinks, dishwashers, laundry washing machines and bathroom showers. Depending on how much you wish to save – and what your local authorities will allow – will determine how much this exercise will cost.If you’re wanting to keep it cheap you could limit your water saving to the kitchen and laundry sinks. A simple plumbing deviation can give you the option to save the water into a bucket or run it straight off into the garden.\n\nA more expensive option is to have all your greywater plumbed into an underground reservoir for later use by your garden reticulation.\n\nKeep in mind though that greywater will be high in alkalinity due to many of the soaps we use to was ourselves, our dishes and our clothes. Therefore, this water is not generally useful in vegetable gardens as vegies much prefer more acid soils.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Use drip irrigation</strong> – drip irrigation is one of the most effective methods for dispersing water into your garden as it’s aimed at the plants roots rather than a generalised broad spread. If you currently use sprinkler reticulation, try modifying at least part of your system to accomodate drippers instead. You’ll save mobey and water.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Grow drought tolerant plants</strong> – lawns are the biggest users of water so to cut down on your water use, cut down on your lawn. Also, when buying plants choose ones that have low watering requirements and plant them together.You can still have some high watering plants in your garden but don’t disperse them through your gardens. Rather clump them together where only one watering station is needed to operate on a daily basis. The others may only require watering once or twice per week.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Collect rainwater</strong> – this option, like the greywater idea, can be as cheap or as expensive as you like. You can opt for a quality rainwater tank to be professionally installed or another option might be to harvest the rain using barrels or buckets.Large barrels can be accessed through many food wholesalers who’ve used them for pickling or storing food items. These can then be plumbed using some DIY resources to feed into your garden reticulation or just oozed into garden beds.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Install a lap pool, instead</strong> – if you’re planning to add a pool to your backyard landscape then choose a lap pool, like the <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2007/03/the_endless_pool.html\">Endless Pool</a> I’ve previously reviewed. They take up less space, use less water and can be just as effective.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Divert your gutters</strong> – rather than allow your rainwater from your gutters just empty into your soak wells, divert them into drainage pipes that run the length of your garden beds. These drainage pipes are usually peppered with holes allowing the water to disperse into the soil. They should be encased with a layer of aggregate to stop them from getting clogged up but they are a very effective means of saving water.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Try aquaponics for growing vegetables</strong> – <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/can-backyard-aquaponics-be-dismissed-by-sustainable-gardeners/\">Aquaponics</a> is another idea that I’ve already discussed on this blog. As a water saving idea it is by far one of the most effective.With normal vegetable production, any watering seeps through the soil and drains away but with aquaponics, and it’s sister hydroponics, the water is constantly reused.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Use water bottles for container plants</strong> – the beauty of using water bottles for container plants is that they give a measured dose of water each day. It’s a great alternative to using watering cans which can be cumbersome and ineffective at watering your plants.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Mulch your garden beds</strong> – one of the greatest forms of water loss is evaporation so if you mulch your beds with a decent blanket of mulch this will slow the process down and reduce the amount of extra watering your plants will require.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Angle your garden paths</strong> – most landscapers will try to convince you to keep your paths level or at least so that any runoff is diverted away from your garden. Do the opposite. Use some fall from your garden paths to allow water to filter back into your lawns or garden beds where it can be used.</li>\n</ol>\nI’m sure this isn’t an exhaustive list so if you have some other great water saving suggestions add them in the comments below.', '10 Ideas to Save Water in the Garden', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '926-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 08:59:11', '2021-11-05 12:59:11', '', 926, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=932', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(933, 1, '2007-03-23 08:59:00', '2007-03-23 12:59:00', '<p>We have this ongoing argument with our kids as we plan our future staged rainforest garden. My idea is to have a spa that seats 10-12 and you can relax while you enjoy the landscaping. The kids idea is to get a pool. They’re not quite as excited about sitting around relaxing as the parents are.</p>\n<p>My excuse has always been that our garden isn’t big enough to house a pool and from a suburban sized viewpoint it’s a valid response. That was until I came across the <a href=\"https://www.endlesspools.com/tour/yard/index.html\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">Endless Pool</a>.</p>\n<p>The pool is only 8′ x 15′ (2.4m x 4.6m) in dimension so it could easily fit most backyards. Our spa design is 3′ x 3′ (10m x 10m) so you can see that it’s not an impossible option.</p>\n<p>The real beauty of this product, apart from its aesthetic landscaping features, is that it offers swimmers the ability to use it as a swimming pool. A constant current can keep a swimmer exercising against the flow much like a runner on a treadmill. So not only is it good for the kids to splash around in but it’s also useful for your fitness and training regime as well.</p>\n<p>The Endless Pool can be installed above or below ground – or somewhere in between, if you can’t make up your mind. It won’t require connection to your household plumbing but can easily be filled by your garden hose and it comes with an optional gas heater so that you can use it more throughout the year.</p>\n<p>Obviously, you will need to consult your local authority for protecting your pool installation as many have rigid fencing laws that need to be adhered to.</p>\n\n', 'The Endless Pool', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'the-endless-pool', '', '', '2021-11-05 09:00:52', '2021-11-05 13:00:52', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=933', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(934, 1, '2021-11-05 09:00:50', '2021-11-05 13:00:50', '<p>We have this ongoing argument with our kids as we plan our future staged rainforest garden. My idea is to have a spa that seats 10-12 and you can relax while you enjoy the landscaping. The kids idea is to get a pool. They’re not quite as excited about sitting around relaxing as the parents are.</p>\n<p>My excuse has always been that our garden isn’t big enough to house a pool and from a suburban sized viewpoint it’s a valid response. That was until I came across the <a href=\"https://www.endlesspools.com/tour/yard/index.html\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">Endless Pool</a>.</p>\n<p>The pool is only 8′ x 15′ (2.4m x 4.6m) in dimension so it could easily fit most backyards. Our spa design is 3′ x 3′ (10m x 10m) so you can see that it’s not an impossible option.</p>\n<p>The real beauty of this product, apart from its aesthetic landscaping features, is that it offers swimmers the ability to use it as a swimming pool. A constant current can keep a swimmer exercising against the flow much like a runner on a treadmill. So not only is it good for the kids to splash around in but it’s also useful for your fitness and training regime as well.</p>\n<p>The Endless Pool can be installed above or below ground – or somewhere in between, if you can’t make up your mind. It won’t require connection to your household plumbing but can easily be filled by your garden hose and it comes with an optional gas heater so that you can use it more throughout the year.</p>\n<p>Obviously, you will need to consult your local authority for protecting your pool installation as many have rigid fencing laws that need to be adhered to.</p>\n\n', 'The Endless Pool', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '933-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 09:00:50', '2021-11-05 13:00:50', '', 933, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=934', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(935, 1, '2021-11-05 09:01:08', '2021-11-05 13:01:08', 'Whether you’re experiencing a drought – like most of Australia at the moment – or you’re just trying to be waterwise when it comes to your garden, there are quite a few way to save water. And, they don’t always lead to installing expensive rainwater tanks.\n\nHere’s a list of 10 water saving ideas but I’m sure they can be added to and I will update the list if others have some neat ideas as well.\n<ol>\n 	<li><strong>Re-use your greywater</strong> – greywater is a byproduct of your sinks, dishwashers, laundry washing machines and bathroom showers. Depending on how much you wish to save – and what your local authorities will allow – will determine how much this exercise will cost.If you’re wanting to keep it cheap you could limit your water saving to the kitchen and laundry sinks. A simple plumbing deviation can give you the option to save the water into a bucket or run it straight off into the garden.\n\nA more expensive option is to have all your greywater plumbed into an underground reservoir for later use by your garden reticulation.\n\nKeep in mind though that greywater will be high in alkalinity due to many of the soaps we use to was ourselves, our dishes and our clothes. Therefore, this water is not generally useful in vegetable gardens as vegies much prefer more acid soils.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Use drip irrigation</strong> – drip irrigation is one of the most effective methods for dispersing water into your garden as it’s aimed at the plants roots rather than a generalised broad spread. If you currently use sprinkler reticulation, try modifying at least part of your system to accomodate drippers instead. You’ll save mobey and water.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Grow drought tolerant plants</strong> – lawns are the biggest users of water so to cut down on your water use, cut down on your lawn. Also, when buying plants choose ones that have low watering requirements and plant them together.You can still have some high watering plants in your garden but don’t disperse them through your gardens. Rather clump them together where only one watering station is needed to operate on a daily basis. The others may only require watering once or twice per week.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Collect rainwater</strong> – this option, like the greywater idea, can be as cheap or as expensive as you like. You can opt for a quality rainwater tank to be professionally installed or another option might be to harvest the rain using barrels or buckets.Large barrels can be accessed through many food wholesalers who’ve used them for pickling or storing food items. These can then be plumbed using some DIY resources to feed into your garden reticulation or just oozed into garden beds.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Install a lap pool, instead</strong> – if you’re planning to add a pool to your backyard landscape then choose a lap pool, like the <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/the-endless-pool/\">Endless Pool</a> I’ve previously reviewed. They take up less space, use less water and can be just as effective.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Divert your gutters</strong> – rather than allow your rainwater from your gutters just empty into your soak wells, divert them into drainage pipes that run the length of your garden beds. These drainage pipes are usually peppered with holes allowing the water to disperse into the soil. They should be encased with a layer of aggregate to stop them from getting clogged up but they are a very effective means of saving water.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Try aquaponics for growing vegetables</strong> – <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/can-backyard-aquaponics-be-dismissed-by-sustainable-gardeners/\">Aquaponics</a> is another idea that I’ve already discussed on this blog. As a water saving idea it is by far one of the most effective.With normal vegetable production, any watering seeps through the soil and drains away but with aquaponics, and it’s sister hydroponics, the water is constantly reused.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Use water bottles for container plants</strong> – the beauty of using water bottles for container plants is that they give a measured dose of water each day. It’s a great alternative to using watering cans which can be cumbersome and ineffective at watering your plants.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Mulch your garden beds</strong> – one of the greatest forms of water loss is evaporation so if you mulch your beds with a decent blanket of mulch this will slow the process down and reduce the amount of extra watering your plants will require.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Angle your garden paths</strong> – most landscapers will try to convince you to keep your paths level or at least so that any runoff is diverted away from your garden. Do the opposite. Use some fall from your garden paths to allow water to filter back into your lawns or garden beds where it can be used.</li>\n</ol>\nI’m sure this isn’t an exhaustive list so if you have some other great water saving suggestions add them in the comments below.', '10 Ideas to Save Water in the Garden', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '926-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 09:01:08', '2021-11-05 13:01:08', '', 926, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=935', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(936, 1, '2010-06-17 09:01:00', '2010-06-17 13:01:00', 'Begonia plants, also know as Bedding Begonias or Wax Begonias, are easy to maintain, produce large, beautiful blooms, and come in many different colors and varieties that make these flowers a beautiful addition to any garden. They can even brighten indoor spaces, adding an elegant and colorful touch to your home. Begonia plants can be grown from seeds or purchased from a local nursery. Either way you choose to grow begonias, they will be a striking and vibrant part of your indoor or outdoor landscape.\n\n[toc]\n<h3>Getting Started</h3>\nChoose the colour of begonia plants you prefer. If you want to plant seeds, keep in mind that they take approximately 4 months to reach the bloom stage. Begonia plants prefer filtered light; therefore, you should choose a spot in your garden that has some shade during the hottest part of the day. These plants are native to Brazil and prefer warmer weather year round. Begonias, however, will grow in almost every climate during warmer summer months and may lie dormant during colder months.\n<h3>Soil</h3>\nBegonia plants grow best in a mixture of peat moss, good quality garden soil that is slightly acidic, and sand. The soil needs to drain well to prevent the roots from rotting. Water enough to keep the soil from completely drying out; feel the soil, if it is dry to the touch, it is time to water. You can add some fertilizer one a month to your begonias to ensure for a hardier plant.\n<h3>Planting</h3>\nWhen planting seeds, be sure to space them out approximately 20 to 35 centimetres. This allows for plenty of space for your plants to thrive. If you want to grow begonia plants in pots, be sure the pot has drainage holes. If the pot does not have proper drainage holes, the water will not drain correctly and will cause the plant to rot.\n<h3>General Care</h3>\nBegonia plants have little problems with insects or diseases. Trim back dead leaves and stems approximately once a month. During the winter months, trim back your begonias; in the springtime, they will grow and return to their beautiful shape and regain their vibrant blooms.', 'How to Grow Begonia Plants', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'how-to-grow-begonia-plants', '', '', '2021-11-05 09:05:12', '2021-11-05 13:05:12', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=936', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(937, 1, '2021-11-05 09:04:22', '2021-11-05 13:04:22', '', 'begonia-plants-flowers', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'begonia-plants-flowers', '', '', '2021-11-05 09:04:33', '2021-11-05 13:04:33', '', 936, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/begonia-plants-flowers.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(938, 1, '2021-11-05 09:05:11', '2021-11-05 13:05:11', 'Begonia plants, also know as Bedding Begonias or Wax Begonias, are easy to maintain, produce large, beautiful blooms, and come in many different colors and varieties that make these flowers a beautiful addition to any garden. They can even brighten indoor spaces, adding an elegant and colorful touch to your home. Begonia plants can be grown from seeds or purchased from a local nursery. Either way you choose to grow begonias, they will be a striking and vibrant part of your indoor or outdoor landscape.\n\n[toc]\n<h3>Getting Started</h3>\nChoose the colour of begonia plants you prefer. If you want to plant seeds, keep in mind that they take approximately 4 months to reach the bloom stage. Begonia plants prefer filtered light; therefore, you should choose a spot in your garden that has some shade during the hottest part of the day. These plants are native to Brazil and prefer warmer weather year round. Begonias, however, will grow in almost every climate during warmer summer months and may lie dormant during colder months.\n<h3>Soil</h3>\nBegonia plants grow best in a mixture of peat moss, good quality garden soil that is slightly acidic, and sand. The soil needs to drain well to prevent the roots from rotting. Water enough to keep the soil from completely drying out; feel the soil, if it is dry to the touch, it is time to water. You can add some fertilizer one a month to your begonias to ensure for a hardier plant.\n<h3>Planting</h3>\nWhen planting seeds, be sure to space them out approximately 20 to 35 centimetres. This allows for plenty of space for your plants to thrive. If you want to grow begonia plants in pots, be sure the pot has drainage holes. If the pot does not have proper drainage holes, the water will not drain correctly and will cause the plant to rot.\n<h3>General Care</h3>\nBegonia plants have little problems with insects or diseases. Trim back dead leaves and stems approximately once a month. During the winter months, trim back your begonias; in the springtime, they will grow and return to their beautiful shape and regain their vibrant blooms.', 'How to Grow Begonia Plants', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '936-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-05 09:05:11', '2021-11-05 13:05:11', '', 936, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=938', 0, 'revision', '', 0);
